src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // ============================================================================
  13 // declarations
  14 // ============================================================================
  15
  16 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  17 // headers
  18 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  19
  20 #if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
  21     #pragma implementation "grid.h"
  22 #endif
  23
  24 // For compilers that support precompilatixon, includes "wx/wx.h".
  25 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  26
  27 #include "wx/defs.h"
  28
  29 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  30     #pragma hdrstop
  31 #endif
  32
  33 #if wxUSE_GRID
  34
  35 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  36     #include "wx/utils.h"
  37     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  38     #include "wx/settings.h"
  39     #include "wx/log.h"
  40     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  41     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  42     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  43     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  44     #include "wx/intl.h"
  45 #endif
  46
  47 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  48 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  49 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  50
  51 #include "wx/grid.h"
  52 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  53
  54 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  55     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  56 #else
  57     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  58 #endif
  59
  60 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  61     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  62 #else
  63     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  64 #endif
  65
  66 // Required for wxIs... functions
  67 #include <ctype.h>
  68
  69 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  70 // array classes
  71 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  72
  73 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  74                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  75
  76 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  77 {
  78     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  79         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  80     {
  81     }
  82
  83     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  84     {
  85         attr->DecRef();
  86     }
  87
  88     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  89     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  90
  91 // Cannot do this:
  92 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  93 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  94 };
  95
  96 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  97                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  98
  99 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 100
 101 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 102 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 103
 104 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 105 // events
 106 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 107
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 113 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 114 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 115 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 116 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 117 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 118 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 119 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 120 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 121 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 122 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 123 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 124 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 125
 126 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 127 // private classes
 128 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 129
 130 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 131 {
 132 public:
 133     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 134     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 135                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 136
 137 private:
 138     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 139
 140     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 141     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 142     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 143     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 144     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 145
 146     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 147     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 148     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 149 };
 150
 151
 152 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 153 {
 154 public:
 155     wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 156     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 157                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 158
 159 private:
 160     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 161
 162     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 163     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 164     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 165     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 166     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 167
 168     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 169     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 170     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 171 };
 172
 173
 174 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 175 {
 176 public:
 177     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 178     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 179                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 180
 181 private:
 182     wxGrid *m_owner;
 183
 184     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 185     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 186     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 187     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 188     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 189
 190     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 191     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 192     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 193 };
 194
 195 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxWindow
 196 {
 197 public:
 198     wxGridWindow()
 199     {
 200         m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL;
 201         m_rowLabelWin = (wxGridRowLabelWindow *)NULL;
 202         m_colLabelWin = (wxGridColLabelWindow *)NULL;
 203     }
 204
 205     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 206                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 207                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 208                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 209     ~wxGridWindow();
 210
 211     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 212
 213     wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 214
 215 private:
 216     wxGrid                   *m_owner;
 217     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 218     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 219
 220     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 221     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 222     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 223     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 224     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 225     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 226     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 227
 228     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 229     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 230     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 231 };
 232
 233
 234
 235 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 236 {
 237 public:
 238     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler()
 239         : m_grid(0), m_editor(0)
 240         { }
 241     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 242         : m_grid(grid), m_editor(editor)
 243         { }
 244
 245     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 246     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 247
 248 private:
 249     wxGrid*             m_grid;
 250     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 251     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 252     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 253     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 254 };
 255
 256
 257 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 258 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 259     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 260     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 261 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 262
 263
 264
 265 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 266 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 267 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 268
 269 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 270 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 271 {
 272 public:
 273     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 274     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 275     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 276     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 277
 278 private:
 279     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 280     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 281
 282     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 283 };
 284
 285 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 286 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 287 {
 288 public:
 289     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 290     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() { }
 291     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 292
 293     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 294     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 295     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 296
 297 private:
 298     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 299     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 300 };
 301
 302 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 303 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 304 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 305 {
 306 public:
 307     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 308     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 309                            m_colAttrs;
 310 };
 311
 312
 313 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 314 // data structures used for the data type registry
 315 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 316
 317 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 318 {
 319     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 320                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 321                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 322         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 323         { }
 324
 325     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 326     {
 327         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 328         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 329     }
 330
 331     wxString            m_typeName;
 332     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 333     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 334
 335     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 336 };
 337
 338
 339 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 340                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 341
 342
 343 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 344 {
 345 public:
 346   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 347     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 348
 349     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 350                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 351                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 352
 353     // find one of already registered data types
 354     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 355
 356     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 357     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 358     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 359
 360     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 361     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 362     // registered data type and set params for it
 363     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 364
 365     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 366     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 367
 368 private:
 369     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 370 };
 371
 372 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 373 // conditional compilation
 374 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 375
 376 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 377 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 378 #endif
 379
 380 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 381 // globals
 382 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 383
 384 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 385 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 386     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 387     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 388 #endif // DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 389
 390 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 391 // constants
 392 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 393
 394 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 395 wxRect           wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 396
 397 // scroll line size
 398 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 399 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 400 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 401 //
 402 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 403 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 404 //       -- Robin
 405 //
 406 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 407 //       fixing anyhow
 408 //       -- Vadim
 409 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 410 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 411
 412 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 413 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 414 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 415
 416 #if 0
 417 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 418 // private functions
 419 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 420
 421 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 422 {
 423     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 424 }
 425
 426 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 427 {
 428     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 429 }
 430 #endif
 431
 432 // ============================================================================
 433 // implementation
 434 // ============================================================================
 435
 436 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 437 // wxGridCellEditor
 438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 439
 440 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 441 {
 442     m_control = NULL;
 443     m_attr = NULL;
 444 }
 445
 446
 447 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 448 {
 449     Destroy();
 450 }
 451
 452 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 453                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 454                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 455 {
 456     if ( evtHandler )
 457         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 458 }
 459
 460 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 461                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 462 {
 463     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 464     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 465     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 466     if (gridWindow)
 467         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 468
 469     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 470     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 471     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 472
 473     // redraw the control we just painted over
 474     m_control->Refresh();
 475 }
 476
 477 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 478 {
 479     if (m_control)
 480     {
 481         m_control->PopEventHandler(true /* delete it*/);
 482
 483         m_control->Destroy();
 484         m_control = NULL;
 485     }
 486 }
 487
 488 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 489 {
 490     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 491                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 492     m_control->Show(show);
 493
 494     if ( show )
 495     {
 496         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 497         if ( attr )
 498         {
 499             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 500             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 501
 502             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 503             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 504
 505             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 506             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 507
 508             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 509             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 510         }
 511     }
 512     else
 513     {
 514         // restore the standard colours fonts
 515         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 516         {
 517             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 518             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 519         }
 520
 521         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 522         {
 523             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 524             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 525         }
 526
 527         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 528         {
 529             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 530             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 531         }
 532     }
 533 }
 534
 535 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 536 {
 537     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 538                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 539     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 540 }
 541
 542 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 543 {
 544     event.Skip();
 545 }
 546
 547 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 548 {
 549     // accept the simple key presses, not anything with Ctrl/Alt/Meta
 550     return !(event.ControlDown() || event.AltDown());
 551 }
 552
 553 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 554 {
 555     event.Skip();
 556 }
 557
 558 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 559 {
 560 }
 561
 562 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 563
 564 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 565 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 566 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 567
 568 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 569 {
 570     m_maxChars = 0;
 571 }
 572
 573 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 574                                   wxWindowID id,
 575                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 576 {
 577     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 578                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize
 579 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 580                                , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL
 581 #endif
 582                               );
 583
 584     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 585     if (m_maxChars != 0)
 586     {
 587         ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 588     }
 589
 590     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 591 }
 592
 593 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 594                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 595 {
 596     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
 597     // flicker
 598 }
 599
 600 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 601 {
 602     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 603
 604     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal
 605     // margins
 606     //
 607     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for
 608     // unix
 609     //
 610 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 611     if (rect.x != 0)
 612     {
 613         rect.x += 1;
 614         rect.y += 1;
 615         rect.width -= 1;
 616         rect.height -= 1;
 617     }
 618 #else // !GTK
 619     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 )? 2 : 1;
 620
 621 // MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show
 622 // when the editor is in the first row.
 623 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 624     int extra_y = 2;
 625 #else
 626     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 )? 2 : 1;
 627 #endif // MSW
 628
 629 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 630     extra_x *= 2;
 631     extra_y *= 2;
 632 #endif
 633     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 634     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 635     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2*extra_x );
 636     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2*extra_y );
 637 #endif // GTK/!GTK
 638
 639     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 640 }
 641
 642 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 643 {
 644     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 645                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 646
 647     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 648
 649     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 650 }
 651
 652 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 653 {
 654     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 655     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 656     Text()->SetSelection(-1,-1);
 657     Text()->SetFocus();
 658 }
 659
 660 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 661                                    wxGrid* grid)
 662 {
 663     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 664                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 665
 666     bool changed = false;
 667     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 668     if (value != m_startValue)
 669         changed = true;
 670
 671     if (changed)
 672         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 673
 674     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 675     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 676     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 677
 678     return changed;
 679 }
 680
 681
 682 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 683 {
 684     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
 685                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
 686
 687     DoReset(m_startValue);
 688 }
 689
 690 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 691 {
 692     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 693     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 694 }
 695
 696 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 697 {
 698     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 699     {
 700         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 701         switch ( keycode )
 702         {
 703             case WXK_NUMPAD0:
 704             case WXK_NUMPAD1:
 705             case WXK_NUMPAD2:
 706             case WXK_NUMPAD3:
 707             case WXK_NUMPAD4:
 708             case WXK_NUMPAD5:
 709             case WXK_NUMPAD6:
 710             case WXK_NUMPAD7:
 711             case WXK_NUMPAD8:
 712             case WXK_NUMPAD9:
 713             case WXK_MULTIPLY:
 714             case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY:
 715             case WXK_ADD:
 716             case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD:
 717             case WXK_SUBTRACT:
 718             case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT:
 719             case WXK_DECIMAL:
 720             case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL:
 721             case WXK_DIVIDE:
 722             case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE:
 723                 return true;
 724
 725             default:
 726                 // accept 8 bit chars too if isprint() agrees
 727                 if ( (keycode < 255) && (wxIsprint(keycode)) )
 728                     return true;
 729         }
 730     }
 731
 732     return false;
 733 }
 734
 735 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 736 {
 737     if ( !Text()->EmulateKeyPress(event) )
 738     {
 739         event.Skip();
 740     }
 741 }
 742
 743 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 744                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 745 {
 746 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 747     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 748     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 749     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 750     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 751     Text()->SetValue(s);
 752     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 753 #else
 754     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 755     //
 756     event.Skip();
 757 #endif
 758 }
 759
 760 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 761 {
 762     if ( !params )
 763     {
 764         // reset to default
 765         m_maxChars = 0;
 766     }
 767     else
 768     {
 769         long tmp;
 770         if ( !params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 771         {
 772             wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
 773         }
 774         else
 775         {
 776             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 777         }
 778     }
 779 }
 780
 781 // return the value in the text control
 782 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 783 {
 784   return Text()->GetValue();
 785 }
 786
 787 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 788 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 789 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 790
 791 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 792 {
 793     m_min = min;
 794     m_max = max;
 795 }
 796
 797 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 798                                     wxWindowID id,
 799                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 800 {
 801     if ( HasRange() )
 802     {
 803         // create a spin ctrl
 804         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 805                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 806                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 807                                    m_min, m_max);
 808
 809         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 810     }
 811     else
 812     {
 813         // just a text control
 814         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 815
 816 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 817         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 818 #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 819     }
 820 }
 821
 822 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 823 {
 824     // first get the value
 825     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 826     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 827     {
 828         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 829     }
 830     else
 831     {
 832         m_valueOld = 0;
 833         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 834         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.IsEmpty())
 835         {
 836             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 837             return;
 838         }
 839     }
 840
 841     if ( HasRange() )
 842     {
 843         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 844         Spin()->SetFocus();
 845     }
 846     else
 847     {
 848         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 849     }
 850 }
 851
 852 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 853                                      wxGrid* grid)
 854 {
 855     bool changed;
 856     long value = 0;
 857     wxString text;
 858
 859     if ( HasRange() )
 860     {
 861         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 862         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 863         if (changed)
 864             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 865     }
 866     else
 867     {
 868         text = Text()->GetValue();
 869         changed = (text.IsEmpty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 870     }
 871
 872     if ( changed )
 873     {
 874         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 875             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 876         else
 877             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 878     }
 879
 880     return changed;
 881 }
 882
 883 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 884 {
 885     if ( HasRange() )
 886     {
 887         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 888     }
 889     else
 890     {
 891         DoReset(GetString());
 892     }
 893 }
 894
 895 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 896 {
 897     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 898     {
 899         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 900         switch ( keycode )
 901         {
 902             case WXK_NUMPAD0:
 903             case WXK_NUMPAD1:
 904             case WXK_NUMPAD2:
 905             case WXK_NUMPAD3:
 906             case WXK_NUMPAD4:
 907             case WXK_NUMPAD5:
 908             case WXK_NUMPAD6:
 909             case WXK_NUMPAD7:
 910             case WXK_NUMPAD8:
 911             case WXK_NUMPAD9:
 912             case WXK_ADD:
 913             case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD:
 914             case WXK_SUBTRACT:
 915             case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT:
 916             case WXK_UP:
 917             case WXK_DOWN:
 918                 return true;
 919
 920             default:
 921                 if ( (keycode < 128) && wxIsdigit(keycode) )
 922                     return true;
 923         }
 924     }
 925
 926     return false;
 927 }
 928
 929 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 930 {
 931     if ( !HasRange() )
 932     {
 933         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 934         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
 935             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD0
 936             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD1
 937             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD2
 938             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD3
 939             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD4
 940             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD5
 941             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD6
 942             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD7
 943             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD8
 944             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD9
 945             || keycode ==  WXK_ADD
 946             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 947             || keycode ==  WXK_SUBTRACT
 948             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT)
 949         {
 950             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 951
 952             // skip Skip() below
 953             return;
 954         }
 955     }
 956
 957     event.Skip();
 958 }
 959
 960 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 961 {
 962     if ( !params )
 963     {
 964         // reset to default
 965         m_min =
 966         m_max = -1;
 967     }
 968     else
 969     {
 970         long tmp;
 971         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
 972         {
 973             m_min = (int)tmp;
 974
 975             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
 976             {
 977                 m_max = (int)tmp;
 978
 979                 // skip the error message below
 980                 return;
 981             }
 982         }
 983
 984         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
 985     }
 986 }
 987
 988 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
 989 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
 990 {
 991   wxString s;
 992
 993   if( HasRange() )
 994   {
 995     long value = Spin()->GetValue();
 996     s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
 997   }
 998   else
 999   {
1000     s = Text()->GetValue();
1001   }
1002   return s;
1003 }
1004
1005 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1006 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1007 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1008
1009 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1010 {
1011     m_width = width;
1012     m_precision = precision;
1013 }
1014
1015 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1016                                    wxWindowID id,
1017                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1018 {
1019     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1020
1021 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1022     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1023 #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1024 }
1025
1026 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1027 {
1028     // first get the value
1029     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1030     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1031     {
1032         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1033     }
1034     else
1035     {
1036         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1037         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1038         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.IsEmpty())
1039         {
1040             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1041             return;
1042         }
1043     }
1044
1045     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1046 }
1047
1048 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1049                                      wxGrid* grid)
1050 {
1051     double value = 0.0;
1052     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1053
1054     if ( (text.IsEmpty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld) )
1055     {
1056         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1057             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1058         else
1059             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1060
1061         return true;
1062     }
1063     return false;
1064 }
1065
1066 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1067 {
1068     DoReset(GetString());
1069 }
1070
1071 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1072 {
1073     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1074     char tmpbuf[2];
1075     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1076     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1077     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1078     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1079       wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1080         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1081             || is_decimal_point
1082             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD0
1083             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD1
1084             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD2
1085             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD3
1086             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD4
1087             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD5
1088             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD6
1089             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD7
1090             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD8
1091             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD9
1092             || keycode ==  WXK_ADD
1093             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
1094             || keycode ==  WXK_SUBTRACT
1095             || keycode ==  WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT)
1096     {
1097         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1098
1099         // skip Skip() below
1100         return;
1101     }
1102
1103     event.Skip();
1104 }
1105
1106 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1107 {
1108     if ( !params )
1109     {
1110         // reset to default
1111         m_width =
1112         m_precision = -1;
1113     }
1114     else
1115     {
1116         long tmp;
1117         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1118         {
1119             m_width = (int)tmp;
1120
1121             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1122             {
1123                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1124
1125                 // skip the error message below
1126                 return;
1127             }
1128         }
1129
1130         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1131     }
1132 }
1133
1134 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1135 {
1136     wxString fmt;
1137     if ( m_width == -1 )
1138     {
1139         // default width/precision
1140         fmt = _T("%f");
1141     }
1142     else if ( m_precision == -1 )
1143     {
1144         // default precision
1145         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1146     }
1147     else
1148     {
1149         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1150     }
1151
1152     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1153 }
1154
1155 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1156 {
1157     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1158     {
1159         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1160         switch ( keycode )
1161         {
1162             case WXK_NUMPAD0:
1163             case WXK_NUMPAD1:
1164             case WXK_NUMPAD2:
1165             case WXK_NUMPAD3:
1166             case WXK_NUMPAD4:
1167             case WXK_NUMPAD5:
1168             case WXK_NUMPAD6:
1169             case WXK_NUMPAD7:
1170             case WXK_NUMPAD8:
1171             case WXK_NUMPAD9:
1172             case WXK_ADD:
1173             case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD:
1174             case WXK_SUBTRACT:
1175             case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT:
1176             case WXK_DECIMAL:
1177             case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL:
1178                 return true;
1179
1180             default:
1181             {
1182                // additionally accept 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1183                 char tmpbuf[2];
1184                 tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1185                 tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1186                 bool is_decimal_point =
1187                   ( wxString(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent) ==
1188                     wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT,
1189                                       wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1190                 if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1191                      (wxIsdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1192                       is_decimal_point || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') )
1193                     return true;
1194             }
1195         }
1196     }
1197
1198     return false;
1199 }
1200
1201 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1202
1203 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1204
1205 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1206 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1207 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1208
1209 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1210                                   wxWindowID id,
1211                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1212 {
1213     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1214                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1215                                wxNO_BORDER);
1216
1217     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1218 }
1219
1220 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1221 {
1222     bool resize = false;
1223     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1224     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1225
1226     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1227     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1228     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1229     {
1230         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1231         size = sizeBest;
1232
1233         resize = true;
1234     }
1235
1236     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1237     {
1238         // leave 1 pixel margin
1239         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1240
1241         resize = true;
1242     }
1243
1244     if ( resize )
1245     {
1246         m_control->SetSize(size);
1247     }
1248
1249     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1250
1251 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1252     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1253     // so shift it to the right
1254     size.x -= 8;
1255 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1256     // here too, but in other way
1257     size.x += 1;
1258     size.y -= 2;
1259 #endif
1260
1261     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1262     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1263     if (GetCellAttr())
1264         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1265
1266     int x = 0, y = 0;
1267     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1268     {
1269         x = r.x + 2;
1270 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1271         x += 2;
1272 #endif
1273         y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2;
1274     }
1275     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1276     {
1277         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1278         y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2;
1279     }
1280     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1281     {
1282         x = r.x + r.width/2 - size.x/2;
1283         y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2;
1284     }
1285
1286     m_control->Move(x, y);
1287 }
1288
1289 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1290 {
1291     m_control->Show(show);
1292
1293     if ( show )
1294     {
1295         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1296         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1297     }
1298 }
1299
1300 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1301 {
1302     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1303                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1304
1305     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1306         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1307     else
1308     {
1309         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1310         m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
1311     }
1312     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1313     CBox()->SetFocus();
1314 }
1315
1316 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1317                                    wxGrid* grid)
1318 {
1319     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1320                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1321
1322     bool changed = false;
1323     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1324     if ( value != m_startValue )
1325         changed = true;
1326
1327     if ( changed )
1328     {
1329         if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1330             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1331         else
1332             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString);
1333     }
1334
1335     return changed;
1336 }
1337
1338 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1339 {
1340     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1341                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1342
1343     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1344 }
1345
1346 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1347 {
1348     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1349 }
1350
1351 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1352 {
1353     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1354     {
1355         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1356         switch ( keycode )
1357         {
1358             case WXK_MULTIPLY:
1359             case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY:
1360             case WXK_ADD:
1361             case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD:
1362             case WXK_SUBTRACT:
1363             case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT:
1364             case WXK_SPACE:
1365             case '+':
1366             case '-':
1367                 return true;
1368         }
1369     }
1370
1371     return false;
1372 }
1373
1374 // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false
1375 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1376 {
1377   bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue();
1378   return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString;
1379 }
1380
1381 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1382
1383 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1384
1385 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1386 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1387 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1388
1389 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1390                                                bool allowOthers)
1391     : m_choices(choices),
1392       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1393
1394 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1395                                                const wxString choices[],
1396                                                bool allowOthers)
1397                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1398 {
1399     if ( count )
1400     {
1401         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1402         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1403         {
1404             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1405         }
1406     }
1407 }
1408
1409 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1410 {
1411     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1412     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1413     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1414
1415     return editor;
1416 }
1417
1418 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1419                                     wxWindowID id,
1420                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1421 {
1422     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1423                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1424                                m_choices,
1425                                m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY);
1426
1427     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1428 }
1429
1430 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1431                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1432 {
1433     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1434     // flicker
1435
1436     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1437     // combo always defaults to the standard...  Until someone has time to
1438     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way...
1439     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1440 }
1441
1442 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1443 {
1444     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1445                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1446
1447     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1448
1449     if (m_allowOthers)
1450         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1451     else
1452     {
1453         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1454         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1455         if (pos == -1)
1456             pos = 0;
1457         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1458     }
1459     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1460     Combo()->SetFocus();
1461 }
1462
1463 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1464                                      wxGrid* grid)
1465 {
1466     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1467     if ( value == m_startValue )
1468         return false;
1469
1470     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1471
1472     return true;
1473 }
1474
1475 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1476 {
1477     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1478     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1479 }
1480
1481 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1482 {
1483     if ( !params )
1484     {
1485         // what can we do?
1486         return;
1487     }
1488
1489     m_choices.Empty();
1490
1491     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1492     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1493     {
1494         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1495     }
1496 }
1497
1498 // return the value in the text control
1499 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1500 {
1501   return Combo()->GetValue();
1502 }
1503
1504 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1505
1506 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1507 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1508 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1509
1510 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1511 {
1512     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1513     {
1514         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1515             m_editor->Reset();
1516             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1517             break;
1518
1519         case WXK_TAB:
1520             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1521             break;
1522
1523         case WXK_RETURN:
1524         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1525             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1526                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1527             break;
1528
1529
1530         default:
1531             event.Skip();
1532     }
1533 }
1534
1535 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1536 {
1537     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1538     {
1539         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1540         case WXK_TAB:
1541         case WXK_RETURN:
1542         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1543             break;
1544
1545         default:
1546             event.Skip();
1547     }
1548 }
1549
1550 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1551 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1552 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1553 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1554
1555 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1556 {
1557     // nothing to do
1558 }
1559
1560 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1561 {
1562 }
1563
1564 // ============================================================================
1565 // renderer classes
1566 // ============================================================================
1567
1568 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1569 // wxGridCellRenderer
1570 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1571
1572 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1573                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1574                               wxDC& dc,
1575                               const wxRect& rect,
1576                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1577                               bool isSelected)
1578 {
1579     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1580
1581     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1582     if( grid.IsEnabled() )
1583     {
1584       if ( isSelected )
1585       {
1586           dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
1587       }
1588       else
1589       {
1590           dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1591       }
1592     }
1593     else
1594     {
1595       dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1596     }
1597
1598     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1599     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1600 }
1601
1602 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1603 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1604 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1605
1606 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(wxGrid& grid,
1607                                                      wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1608                                                      wxDC& dc,
1609                                                      bool isSelected)
1610 {
1611     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1612
1613     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1614
1615     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1616     if( grid.IsEnabled() )
1617     {
1618       if ( isSelected )
1619       {
1620           dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
1621           dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1622       }
1623       else
1624       {
1625           dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1626           dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1627       }
1628     }
1629     else
1630     {
1631       dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1632       dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1633     }
1634
1635     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1636 }
1637
1638 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1639                                                wxDC& dc,
1640                                                const wxString& text)
1641 {
1642     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1643     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1644     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1645     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1646     {
1647         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1648         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1649     }
1650
1651     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1652
1653     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1654 }
1655
1656 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1657                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1658                                              wxDC& dc,
1659                                              int row, int col)
1660 {
1661     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1662 }
1663
1664 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1665                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1666                                     wxDC& dc,
1667                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1668                                     int row, int col,
1669                                     bool isSelected)
1670 {
1671     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1672     rect.Inflate(-1);
1673
1674     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1675     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1676
1677     int hAlign, vAlign;
1678     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1679
1680     int overflowCols = 0;
1681
1682     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1683     {
1684         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1685         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1686         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1687         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <=0
1688         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1689         {
1690             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1691             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1692             {
1693                 bool is_empty = true;
1694                 for (int j=row; j<row+cell_rows; j++)
1695                 {
1696                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1697                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1698                     if (c_rows > 0) c_rows = 0;
1699                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j+c_rows, i))
1700                     {
1701                         is_empty = false;
1702                         break;
1703                     }
1704                 }
1705                 if (is_empty)
1706                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1707                 else
1708                 {
1709                     i--;
1710                     break;
1711                 }
1712                 if (rect.width >= best_width) break;
1713             }
1714             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1715             if (overflowCols >= cols) overflowCols = cols - 1;
1716         }
1717
1718         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1719         {
1720             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1721             wxRect clip = rect;
1722             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1723             // draw each overflow cell individually
1724             int col_end = col+cell_cols+overflowCols;
1725             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1726                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1727             for (int i = col+cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1728             {
1729                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1730                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1731                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1732
1733                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1734                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1735
1736                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1737                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1738                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1739             }
1740
1741             rect = rectCell;
1742             rect.Inflate(-1);
1743             rect.width++;
1744             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1745         }
1746     }
1747
1748     // now we only have to draw the text
1749     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1750
1751     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1752                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1753 }
1754
1755 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1756 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1757 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1758
1759 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1760 {
1761     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1762     wxString text;
1763     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1764     {
1765         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
1766     }
1767     else
1768     {
1769         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1770     }
1771
1772     return text;
1773 }
1774
1775 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1776                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1777                                     wxDC& dc,
1778                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1779                                     int row, int col,
1780                                     bool isSelected)
1781 {
1782     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1783
1784     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1785
1786     // draw the text right aligned by default
1787     int hAlign, vAlign;
1788     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1789     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1790
1791     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1792     rect.Inflate(-1);
1793
1794     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1795 }
1796
1797 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1798                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1799                                              wxDC& dc,
1800                                              int row, int col)
1801 {
1802     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1803 }
1804
1805 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1806 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
1807 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1808
1809 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
1810 {
1811     SetWidth(width);
1812     SetPrecision(precision);
1813 }
1814
1815 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
1816 {
1817     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
1818     renderer->m_width = m_width;
1819     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
1820     renderer->m_format = m_format;
1821
1822     return renderer;
1823 }
1824
1825 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1826 {
1827     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1828
1829     bool hasDouble;
1830     double val;
1831     wxString text;
1832     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1833     {
1834         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1835         hasDouble = true;
1836     }
1837     else
1838     {
1839         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1840         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
1841     }
1842
1843     if ( hasDouble )
1844     {
1845         if ( !m_format )
1846         {
1847             if ( m_width == -1 )
1848             {
1849                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
1850                 {
1851                     // default width/precision
1852                     m_format = _T("%f");
1853                 }
1854                 else
1855                 {
1856                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1857                 }
1858             }
1859             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
1860             {
1861                 // default precision
1862                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1863             }
1864             else
1865             {
1866                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1867             }
1868         }
1869
1870         text.Printf(m_format, val);
1871
1872     }
1873     //else: text already contains the string
1874
1875     return text;
1876 }
1877
1878 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1879                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1880                                    wxDC& dc,
1881                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
1882                                    int row, int col,
1883                                    bool isSelected)
1884 {
1885     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1886
1887     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1888
1889     // draw the text right aligned by default
1890     int hAlign, vAlign;
1891     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1892     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1893
1894     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1895     rect.Inflate(-1);
1896
1897     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1898 }
1899
1900 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1901                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1902                                             wxDC& dc,
1903                                             int row, int col)
1904 {
1905     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1906 }
1907
1908 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1909 {
1910     if ( !params )
1911     {
1912         // reset to defaults
1913         SetWidth(-1);
1914         SetPrecision(-1);
1915     }
1916     else
1917     {
1918         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
1919         if ( !!tmp )
1920         {
1921             long width;
1922             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
1923             {
1924                 SetWidth((int)width);
1925             }
1926             else
1927             {
1928                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
1929             }
1930
1931         }
1932                 tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
1933                 if ( !!tmp )
1934                 {
1935                     long precision;
1936             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
1937                     {
1938                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
1939                     }
1940                     else
1941                     {
1942                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
1943         }
1944
1945         }
1946     }
1947 }
1948
1949
1950 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1951 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
1952 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1953
1954 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
1955
1956 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
1957
1958 // between checkmark and box
1959 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
1960
1961 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1962                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
1963                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
1964                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
1965                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
1966 {
1967     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
1968     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
1969     {
1970         // get checkbox size
1971         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
1972         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
1973         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2*wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
1974
1975         // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result
1976 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
1977         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
1978 #endif
1979
1980         delete checkbox;
1981
1982         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
1983     }
1984
1985     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
1986 }
1987
1988 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1989                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1990                                   wxDC& dc,
1991                                   const wxRect& rect,
1992                                   int row, int col,
1993                                   bool isSelected)
1994 {
1995     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
1996
1997     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
1998     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
1999
2000     // don't draw outside the cell
2001     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2002     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2003     {
2004         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2005         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
2006     }
2007
2008     // draw a border around checkmark
2009     int vAlign, hAlign;
2010     attr.GetAlignment(& hAlign, &vAlign);
2011
2012     wxRect rectBorder;
2013     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2014     {
2015         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width/2 - size.x/2;
2016         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2;
2017         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2018         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2019     }
2020     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2021     {
2022         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2023         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2;
2024         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2025         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2026     }
2027     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2028     {
2029         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2030         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2;
2031         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2032         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2033     }
2034
2035     bool value;
2036     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2037         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2038     else
2039     {
2040         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2041         value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
2042     }
2043
2044     if ( value )
2045     {
2046         wxRect rectMark = rectBorder;
2047 #ifdef __WXMSW__
2048         // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...)
2049         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN/2);
2050         rectMark.x++;
2051         rectMark.y++;
2052 #else // !MSW
2053         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN);
2054 #endif // MSW/!MSW
2055
2056         dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
2057         dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark);
2058     }
2059
2060     dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
2061     dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID));
2062     dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder);
2063 }
2064
2065 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2066 // wxGridCellAttr
2067 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2068
2069 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2070 {
2071     m_nRef = 1;
2072
2073     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2074
2075     m_renderer = NULL;
2076     m_editor = NULL;
2077
2078     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2079
2080     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2081     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2082
2083     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2084 }
2085
2086 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2087 {
2088     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2089
2090     if ( HasTextColour() )
2091         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2092     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2093         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2094     if ( HasFont() )
2095         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2096     if ( HasAlignment() )
2097         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2098
2099     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2100
2101     if ( m_renderer )
2102     {
2103         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2104         m_renderer->IncRef();
2105     }
2106     if ( m_editor )
2107     {
2108         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2109         m_editor->IncRef();
2110     }
2111
2112     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2113         attr->SetReadOnly();
2114
2115     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2116
2117     return attr;
2118 }
2119
2120 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2121 {
2122     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2123         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2124     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2125         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2126     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2127         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2128     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ){
2129         int hAlign, vAlign;
2130         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2131         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2132     }
2133
2134     mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2135
2136     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2137     // m_renderer/m_editor
2138     //
2139     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2140     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2141     {
2142         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2143         m_renderer->IncRef();
2144     }
2145     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2146     {
2147         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2148         m_editor->IncRef();
2149     }
2150     if ( !HasReadWriteMode()  && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2151         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2152
2153     if (!HasOverflowMode()  && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2154         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2155
2156     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2157 }
2158
2159 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2160 {
2161     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2162
2163     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2164     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2165     // set to negative or zero values such that
2166     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2167     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2168
2169     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2170
2171     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows>0)&&(num_cols<=0)) ||
2172                   !((num_rows<=0)&&(num_cols>0)) ||
2173                   !((num_rows==0)&&(num_cols==0))),
2174                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2175
2176     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2177     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2178 }
2179
2180 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2181 {
2182     if (HasTextColour())
2183     {
2184         return m_colText;
2185     }
2186     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2187     {
2188         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2189     }
2190     else
2191     {
2192         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2193         return wxNullColour;
2194     }
2195 }
2196
2197
2198 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2199 {
2200     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2201         return m_colBack;
2202     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2203         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2204     else
2205     {
2206         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2207         return wxNullColour;
2208     }
2209 }
2210
2211
2212 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2213 {
2214     if (HasFont())
2215         return m_font;
2216     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2217         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2218     else
2219     {
2220         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2221         return wxNullFont;
2222     }
2223 }
2224
2225
2226 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2227 {
2228     if (HasAlignment())
2229     {
2230         if ( hAlign ) *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2231         if ( vAlign ) *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2232     }
2233     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2234         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2235     else
2236     {
2237         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2238     }
2239 }
2240
2241 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2242 {
2243     if ( num_rows ) *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2244     if ( num_cols ) *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2245 }
2246
2247 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2248 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2249 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2250 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2251 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2252 // registry,) then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2253
2254 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2255 {
2256     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer;
2257
2258     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2259     {
2260         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2261         renderer = m_renderer;
2262         renderer->IncRef();
2263     }
2264     else // no non default cell renderer
2265     {
2266         // get default renderer for the data type
2267         if ( grid )
2268         {
2269             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2270             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2271         }
2272         else
2273         {
2274             renderer = NULL;
2275         }
2276
2277         if ( !renderer )
2278         {
2279             if (m_defGridAttr &&  this != m_defGridAttr )
2280             {
2281                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2282                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2283                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2284             }
2285             else // default grid attr
2286             {
2287                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2288                 renderer = m_renderer;
2289                 if ( renderer )
2290                     renderer->IncRef();
2291             }
2292         }
2293     }
2294
2295     // we're supposed to always find something
2296     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2297
2298     return renderer;
2299 }
2300
2301 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2302 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2303 {
2304     wxGridCellEditor *editor;
2305
2306     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2307     {
2308         // use the cells editor if it has one
2309         editor = m_editor;
2310         editor->IncRef();
2311     }
2312     else // no non default cell editor
2313     {
2314         // get default editor for the data type
2315         if ( grid )
2316         {
2317             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2318             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2319         }
2320         else
2321         {
2322             editor = NULL;
2323         }
2324
2325         if ( !editor )
2326         {
2327             if ( m_defGridAttr && this != m_defGridAttr )
2328             {
2329                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2330                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2331                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2332             }
2333             else // default grid attr
2334             {
2335                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2336                 editor = m_editor;
2337                 if ( editor )
2338                     editor->IncRef();
2339             }
2340         }
2341     }
2342
2343     // we're supposed to always find something
2344     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2345
2346     return editor;
2347 }
2348
2349 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2350 // wxGridCellAttrData
2351 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2352
2353 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2354 {
2355     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2356     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2357     {
2358         // add the attribute
2359         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2360     }
2361     else
2362     {
2363         // free the old attribute
2364         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2365
2366         if ( attr )
2367         {
2368             // change the attribute
2369             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2370         }
2371         else
2372         {
2373             // remove this attribute
2374             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2375         }
2376     }
2377 }
2378
2379 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2380 {
2381     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2382
2383     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2384     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2385     {
2386         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2387         attr->IncRef();
2388     }
2389
2390     return attr;
2391 }
2392
2393 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2394 {
2395     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2396     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2397     {
2398         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2399         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2400         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2401         {
2402             if (numRows > 0)
2403             {
2404                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2405                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2406             }
2407             else if (numRows < 0)
2408             {
2409                 // If rows deleted ...
2410                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2411                 {
2412                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2413                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2414                 }
2415                 else
2416                 {
2417                     // ...or remove the attribute
2418                     m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2419                     n--; count--;
2420                 }
2421             }
2422         }
2423     }
2424 }
2425
2426 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2427 {
2428     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2429     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2430     {
2431         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2432         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2433         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2434         {
2435             if ( numCols > 0 )
2436             {
2437                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2438                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2439             }
2440             else if (numCols < 0)
2441             {
2442                 // If rows deleted ...
2443                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2444                 {
2445                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2446                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2447                 }
2448                 else
2449                 {
2450                     // ...or remove the attribute
2451                     m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2452                     n--; count--;
2453                 }
2454             }
2455         }
2456     }
2457 }
2458
2459 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2460 {
2461     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2462     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2463     {
2464         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2465         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2466         {
2467             return n;
2468         }
2469     }
2470
2471     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2472 }
2473
2474 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2475 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2476 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2477
2478 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2479 {
2480     size_t count = m_attrs.Count();
2481     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2482     {
2483         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2484     }
2485 }
2486
2487 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2488 {
2489     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2490
2491     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2492     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2493     {
2494         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2495         attr->IncRef();
2496     }
2497
2498     return attr;
2499 }
2500
2501 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2502 {
2503     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2504     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2505     {
2506         // add the attribute
2507         m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2508         m_attrs.Add(attr);
2509     }
2510     else
2511     {
2512         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2513         if ( attr )
2514         {
2515             // change the attribute
2516             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2517             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2518         }
2519         else
2520         {
2521             // remove this attribute
2522             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2523             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2524             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2525         }
2526     }
2527 }
2528
2529 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2530 {
2531     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2532     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2533     {
2534         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2535         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2536         {
2537             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2538             {
2539                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2540                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2541             }
2542             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2543             {
2544                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2545                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2546                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2547                 else
2548                 {
2549                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2550                     m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2551                     n--; count--;
2552                 }
2553             }
2554         }
2555     }
2556 }
2557
2558 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2559 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2560 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2561
2562 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2563 {
2564     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2565 }
2566
2567 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2568 {
2569     delete m_data;
2570 }
2571
2572 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2573 {
2574     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2575 }
2576
2577 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2578                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2579 {
2580     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2581     if ( m_data )
2582     {
2583         switch(kind)
2584         {
2585             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2586                 //Get cached merge attributes.
2587                 // Currenlty not used as no cache implemented as not mutiable
2588                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2589                 if(!attr)
2590                 {
2591                     //Basicaly implement old version.
2592                     //Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2593                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2594                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2595                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2596
2597                     if((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)){
2598                         // Two or more are non NULL
2599                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2600                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2601
2602                         //Order important..
2603                         if(attrcell){
2604                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2605                             attrcell->DecRef();
2606                         }
2607                         if(attrcol){
2608                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2609                             attrcol->DecRef();
2610                         }
2611                         if(attrrow){
2612                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2613                             attrrow->DecRef();
2614                         }
2615                         //store merge attr if cache implemented
2616                         //attr->IncRef();
2617                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2618                     }
2619                     else
2620                     {
2621                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2622                         if(attrrow) attr = attrrow;
2623                         if(attrcol)
2624                         {
2625                             if(attr)
2626                                 attr->DecRef();
2627                             attr = attrcol;
2628                         }
2629                         if(attrcell)
2630                         {
2631                             if(attr)
2632                                 attr->DecRef();
2633                             attr = attrcell;
2634                         }
2635                     }
2636                 }
2637             break;
2638             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2639                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2640             break;
2641             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2642                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2643             break;
2644             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2645                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2646             break;
2647             default:
2648                 // unused as yet...
2649                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2650                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2651             break;
2652         }
2653     }
2654     return attr;
2655 }
2656
2657 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2658                                      int row, int col)
2659 {
2660     if ( !m_data )
2661         InitData();
2662
2663     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2664 }
2665
2666 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2667 {
2668     if ( !m_data )
2669         InitData();
2670
2671     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2672 }
2673
2674 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2675 {
2676     if ( !m_data )
2677         InitData();
2678
2679     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2680 }
2681
2682 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2683 {
2684     if ( m_data )
2685     {
2686         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2687
2688         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2689     }
2690 }
2691
2692 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2693 {
2694     if ( m_data )
2695     {
2696         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2697
2698         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2699     }
2700 }
2701
2702 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2703 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2704 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2705
2706 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2707 {
2708     size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count();
2709     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2710         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2711 }
2712
2713
2714 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2715                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2716                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2717 {
2718     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2719
2720     // is it already registered?
2721     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2722     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2723     {
2724         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2725         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2726     }
2727     else
2728     {
2729         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2730     }
2731 }
2732
2733 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2734 {
2735     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2736     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2737     {
2738         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2739         {
2740             return i;
2741         }
2742     }
2743
2744     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2745 }
2746
2747 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2748 {
2749     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2750     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2751     {
2752         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
2753         // register it "on the fly"
2754 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2755         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
2756         {
2757             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
2758                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2759                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2760         } else
2761 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2762 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2763         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
2764         {
2765             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
2766                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
2767                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
2768         } else
2769 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2770 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2771         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
2772         {
2773             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
2774                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
2775                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
2776         }
2777         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
2778         {
2779             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
2780                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
2781                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
2782         } else
2783 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2784 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2785         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
2786         {
2787             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
2788                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2789                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
2790         } else
2791 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2792         {
2793             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2794         }
2795
2796         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
2797         // the last index
2798         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
2799     }
2800
2801     return index;
2802 }
2803
2804 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2805 {
2806     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
2807     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2808     {
2809         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
2810         // are the parameters for the renderer
2811         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
2812         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2813         {
2814             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2815         }
2816
2817         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
2818         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
2819         renderer = renderer->Clone();
2820         rendererOld->DecRef();
2821
2822         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
2823         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
2824         editor = editor->Clone();
2825         editorOld->DecRef();
2826
2827         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
2828         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
2829         renderer->SetParameters(params);
2830         editor->SetParameters(params);
2831
2832         // register the new typename
2833         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
2834
2835         // we just registered it, it's the last one
2836         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
2837     }
2838
2839     return index;
2840 }
2841
2842 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
2843 {
2844     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
2845     if (renderer)
2846         renderer->IncRef();
2847     return renderer;
2848 }
2849
2850 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
2851 {
2852     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
2853     if (editor)
2854         editor->IncRef();
2855     return editor;
2856 }
2857
2858 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2859 // wxGridTableBase
2860 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2861
2862 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
2863
2864
2865 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
2866 {
2867     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
2868     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
2869 }
2870
2871 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
2872 {
2873     delete m_attrProvider;
2874 }
2875
2876 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
2877 {
2878     delete m_attrProvider;
2879     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
2880 }
2881
2882 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
2883 {
2884     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
2885     {
2886         // use the default attr provider by default
2887         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
2888     }
2889     return true;
2890 }
2891
2892 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
2893 {
2894     if ( m_attrProvider )
2895         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
2896     else
2897         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2898 }
2899
2900 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
2901 {
2902     if ( m_attrProvider )
2903     {
2904         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
2905         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2906     }
2907     else
2908     {
2909         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
2910         // free it now
2911         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
2912     }
2913 }
2914
2915 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2916 {
2917     if ( m_attrProvider )
2918     {
2919         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
2920         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
2921     }
2922     else
2923     {
2924         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
2925         // free it now
2926         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
2927     }
2928 }
2929
2930 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2931 {
2932     if ( m_attrProvider )
2933     {
2934         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
2935         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
2936     }
2937     else
2938     {
2939         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
2940         // free it now
2941         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
2942     }
2943 }
2944
2945 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
2946                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
2947 {
2948     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
2949
2950     return false;
2951 }
2952
2953 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
2954 {
2955     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
2956
2957     return false;
2958 }
2959
2960 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
2961                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
2962 {
2963     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
2964
2965     return false;
2966 }
2967
2968 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
2969                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
2970 {
2971     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
2972
2973     return false;
2974 }
2975
2976 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
2977 {
2978     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
2979
2980     return false;
2981 }
2982
2983 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
2984                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
2985 {
2986     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
2987
2988     return false;
2989 }
2990
2991
2992 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
2993 {
2994     wxString s;
2995     s << row + 1; // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, no matter
2996                   //     how much it makes sense to us geeks.
2997     return s;
2998 }
2999
3000 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3001 {
3002     // default col labels are:
3003     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3004     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3005     //   etc.
3006
3007     wxString s;
3008     unsigned int i, n;
3009     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3010     {
3011         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)( col%26 ));
3012         col = col/26 - 1;
3013         if ( col < 0 ) break;
3014     }
3015
3016     // reverse the string...
3017     wxString s2;
3018     for ( i = 0;  i < n;  i++ )
3019     {
3020         s2 += s[n-i-1];
3021     }
3022
3023     return s2;
3024 }
3025
3026
3027 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3028 {
3029     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3030 }
3031
3032 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3033                                      const wxString& typeName )
3034 {
3035     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3036 }
3037
3038 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3039 {
3040     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3041 }
3042
3043 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3044 {
3045     return 0;
3046 }
3047
3048 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3049 {
3050     return 0.0;
3051 }
3052
3053 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3054 {
3055     return false;
3056 }
3057
3058 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3059                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3060 {
3061 }
3062
3063 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3064                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3065 {
3066 }
3067
3068 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3069                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3070 {
3071 }
3072
3073
3074 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3075                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3076 {
3077     return NULL;
3078 }
3079
3080 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3081                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3082                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3083 {
3084 }
3085
3086 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3087 //
3088 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3089 // to the grid view
3090 //
3091
3092 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3093 {
3094     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3095     m_id = -1;
3096     m_comInt1 = -1;
3097     m_comInt2 = -1;
3098 }
3099
3100 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3101                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3102 {
3103     m_table = table;
3104     m_id = id;
3105     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3106     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3107 }
3108
3109
3110
3111 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3112 //
3113 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3114 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3115 //
3116
3117 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3118
3119 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3120
3121 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3122         : wxGridTableBase()
3123 {
3124 }
3125
3126 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3127         : wxGridTableBase()
3128 {
3129     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3130
3131     wxArrayString sa;
3132     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3133     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3134
3135     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3136 }
3137
3138 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3139 {
3140 }
3141
3142 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3143 {
3144     return m_data.GetCount();
3145 }
3146
3147 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3148 {
3149     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3150         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3151     else
3152         return 0;
3153 }
3154
3155 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3156 {
3157     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3158                  wxEmptyString,
3159                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3160
3161     return m_data[row][col];
3162 }
3163
3164 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3165 {
3166     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3167                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3168
3169     m_data[row][col] = value;
3170 }
3171
3172 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3173 {
3174     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3175                  true,
3176                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3177
3178     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3179 }
3180
3181 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3182 {
3183     int row, col;
3184     int numRows, numCols;
3185
3186     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3187     if ( numRows > 0 )
3188     {
3189         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3190
3191         for ( row = 0;  row < numRows;  row++ )
3192         {
3193             for ( col = 0;  col < numCols;  col++ )
3194             {
3195                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3196             }
3197         }
3198     }
3199 }
3200
3201
3202 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3203 {
3204     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3205     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3206                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3207
3208     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3209     {
3210         return AppendRows( numRows );
3211     }
3212
3213     wxArrayString sa;
3214     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3215     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3216     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3217     if ( GetView() )
3218     {
3219         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3220                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3221                                 pos,
3222                                 numRows );
3223
3224         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3225     }
3226
3227     return true;
3228 }
3229
3230 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3231 {
3232     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3233     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3234                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3235
3236     wxArrayString sa;
3237     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3238     {
3239         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3240         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3241     }
3242
3243     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3244
3245     if ( GetView() )
3246     {
3247         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3248                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3249                                 numRows );
3250
3251         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3252     }
3253
3254     return true;
3255 }
3256
3257 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3258 {
3259     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3260
3261     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3262     {
3263         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3264                     (
3265                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3266                         (unsigned long)pos,
3267                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3268                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3269                     ) );
3270
3271         return false;
3272     }
3273
3274     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3275     {
3276         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3277     }
3278
3279     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3280     {
3281         m_data.Clear();
3282     }
3283     else
3284     {
3285         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3286     }
3287     if ( GetView() )
3288     {
3289         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3290                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3291                                 pos,
3292                                 numRows );
3293
3294         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3295     }
3296
3297     return true;
3298 }
3299
3300 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3301 {
3302     size_t row, col;
3303
3304     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3305     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3306                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3307
3308     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3309     {
3310         return AppendCols( numCols );
3311     }
3312
3313     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3314     {
3315         for ( col = pos;  col < pos + numCols;  col++ )
3316         {
3317             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3318         }
3319     }
3320     if ( GetView() )
3321     {
3322         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3323                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3324                                 pos,
3325                                 numCols );
3326
3327         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3328     }
3329
3330     return true;
3331 }
3332
3333 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3334 {
3335     size_t row;
3336
3337     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3338 #if 0
3339     if ( !curNumRows )
3340     {
3341         // TODO: something better than this ?
3342         //
3343         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3344         return false;
3345     }
3346 #endif
3347
3348     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3349     {
3350         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3351     }
3352
3353     if ( GetView() )
3354     {
3355         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3356                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3357                                 numCols );
3358
3359         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3360     }
3361
3362     return true;
3363 }
3364
3365 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3366 {
3367     size_t row;
3368
3369     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3370     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3371                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3372
3373     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3374     {
3375         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3376                     (
3377                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3378                         (unsigned long)pos,
3379                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3380                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3381                     ) );
3382         return false;
3383     }
3384
3385     if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos )
3386     {
3387         numCols = curNumCols - pos;
3388     }
3389
3390     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3391     {
3392         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3393         {
3394             m_data[row].Clear();
3395         }
3396         else
3397         {
3398             m_data[row].RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3399         }
3400     }
3401     if ( GetView() )
3402     {
3403         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3404                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3405                                 pos,
3406                                 numCols );
3407
3408         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3409     }
3410
3411     return true;
3412 }
3413
3414 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3415 {
3416     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3417     {
3418         // using default label
3419         //
3420         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3421     }
3422     else
3423     {
3424         return m_rowLabels[ row ];
3425     }
3426 }
3427
3428 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3429 {
3430     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3431     {
3432         // using default label
3433         //
3434         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3435     }
3436     else
3437     {
3438         return m_colLabels[ col ];
3439     }
3440 }
3441
3442 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3443 {
3444     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3445     {
3446         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3447         int i;
3448         for ( i = n;  i <= row;  i++ )
3449         {
3450             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3451         }
3452     }
3453
3454     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3455 }
3456
3457 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3458 {
3459     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3460     {
3461         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3462         int i;
3463         for ( i = n;  i <= col;  i++ )
3464         {
3465             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3466         }
3467     }
3468
3469     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3470 }
3471
3472
3473
3474 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3475 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3476
3477 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3478
3479 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3480     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3481     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3482     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3483     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3484     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3485 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3486
3487 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3488                                             wxWindowID id,
3489                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3490   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3491 {
3492     m_owner = parent;
3493 }
3494
3495 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3496 {
3497     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3498
3499     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3500     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3501     // set the y coord  - MB
3502     //
3503     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3504
3505     int x, y;
3506     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3507     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y );
3508
3509     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3510     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc , rows );
3511 }
3512
3513
3514 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3515 {
3516     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3517 }
3518
3519
3520 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3521 {
3522     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3523 }
3524
3525
3526 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3527 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3528 //
3529 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3530 {
3531     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3532 }
3533
3534 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3535 {
3536     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3537 }
3538
3539
3540
3541 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3542
3543 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3544
3545 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3546     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3547     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3548     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3549     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3550     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3551 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3552
3553 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3554                                             wxWindowID id,
3555                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3556   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3557 {
3558     m_owner = parent;
3559 }
3560
3561 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3562 {
3563     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3564
3565     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3566     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3567     // set the x coord  - MB
3568     //
3569     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3570
3571     int x, y;
3572     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3573     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 );
3574
3575     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3576     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc , cols );
3577 }
3578
3579
3580 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3581 {
3582     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3583 }
3584
3585 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3586 {
3587     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3588 }
3589
3590
3591 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3592 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3593 //
3594 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3595 {
3596     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3597 }
3598
3599 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3600 {
3601     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3602 }
3603
3604
3605
3606 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3607
3608 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3609
3610 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3611     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3612     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3613     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint)
3614     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3615     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3616 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3617
3618 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3619                                                   wxWindowID id,
3620                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3621   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3622 {
3623     m_owner = parent;
3624 }
3625
3626 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3627 {
3628     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3629
3630     int client_height = 0;
3631     int client_width = 0;
3632     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3633
3634     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) );
3635     dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, client_width-1, 0 );
3636     dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, 0, client_height-1 );
3637     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3638     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3639
3640     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3641     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width-1, 1 );
3642     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height-1 );
3643 }
3644
3645
3646 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3647 {
3648     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3649 }
3650
3651
3652 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3653 {
3654     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3655 }
3656
3657 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3658 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3659 //
3660 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3661 {
3662     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3663 }
3664
3665 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3666 {
3667     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3668 }
3669
3670
3671
3672 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3673
3674 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3675
3676 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3677     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3678     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel)
3679     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3680     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3681     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3682     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3683     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3684     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3685 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3686
3687 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3688                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3689                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3690                             wxWindowID id,
3691                             const wxPoint &pos,
3692                             const wxSize &size )
3693             : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE,
3694                         wxT("grid window") )
3695
3696 {
3697     m_owner = parent;
3698     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3699     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3700 }
3701
3702
3703 wxGridWindow::~wxGridWindow()
3704 {
3705 }
3706
3707
3708 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3709 {
3710     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3711     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3712     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3713     wxGridCellCoordsArray DirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3714     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc , DirtyCells);
3715 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3716     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3717 #endif
3718     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3719     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc , DirtyCells );
3720 }
3721
3722
3723 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3724 {
3725     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3726     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3727     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3728 }
3729
3730
3731 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3732 {
3733     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3734 }
3735
3736 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3737 {
3738     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3739 }
3740
3741 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
3742 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3743 //
3744 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3745 {
3746     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3747 }
3748
3749 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3750 {
3751     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip();
3752 }
3753
3754 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3755 {
3756 }
3757
3758 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
3759 {
3760     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3761         event.Skip();
3762 }
3763
3764 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3765
3766 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
3767 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
3768 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
3769 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
3770
3771 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
3772
3773 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
3774                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
3775                            bool clipToMinMax);
3776
3777 #define internalXToCol(x) CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, \
3778                                           m_minAcceptableColWidth, \
3779                                           m_colRights, m_numCols, true)
3780 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
3781                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
3782                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
3783 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3784
3785 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
3786 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
3787
3788 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
3789     // new style border flags, we put them first to
3790     // use them for streaming out
3791     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
3792     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
3793     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
3794     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
3795     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
3796     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
3797
3798     // old style border flags
3799     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
3800     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
3801     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
3802     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
3803     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
3804     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
3805
3806     // standard window styles
3807     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
3808     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
3809     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
3810     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
3811     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
3812     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB )
3813     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
3814     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
3815
3816 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
3817
3818 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
3819
3820 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
3821     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
3822     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
3823 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
3824
3825 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
3826 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
3827
3828 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
3829
3830 /*
3831  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout etc. via appropriate objects (\81à la NotebookPageInfo)
3832 */
3833 #else
3834 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
3835 #endif
3836
3837 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
3838     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
3839     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
3840     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
3841     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
3842     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
3843 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3844
3845 wxGrid::wxGrid()
3846 {
3847     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
3848     // trigerred in a unfinished state
3849     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL ;
3850     m_rowLabelWin = NULL ;
3851     m_colLabelWin = NULL ;
3852     m_gridWin = NULL ;
3853 }
3854
3855 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
3856                  wxWindowID id,
3857                  const wxPoint& pos,
3858                  const wxSize& size,
3859                  long style,
3860                  const wxString& name )
3861   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
3862     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
3863     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
3864 {
3865     Create();
3866     SetBestFittingSize(size);
3867 }
3868
3869 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
3870                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
3871                           long style, const wxString& name)
3872 {
3873     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
3874                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS , name))
3875         return false;
3876
3877     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE) ;
3878     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE) ;
3879
3880     Create() ;
3881     SetBestFittingSize(size);
3882
3883     return true;
3884 }
3885
3886
3887 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
3888 {
3889     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
3890     SetTargetWindow(this);
3891     ClearAttrCache();
3892     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
3893
3894 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
3895     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
3896     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
3897                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
3898              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
3899              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
3900 #endif
3901
3902     if (m_ownTable)
3903         delete m_table;
3904
3905     delete m_typeRegistry;
3906     delete m_selection;
3907 }
3908
3909
3910 //
3911 // ----- internal init and update functions
3912 //
3913
3914 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
3915 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
3916 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
3917
3918 #if _USE_VISATTR
3919 #include "wx/listbox.h"
3920 #endif
3921
3922 void wxGrid::Create()
3923 {
3924     m_created = false;    // set to true by CreateGrid
3925
3926     m_table        = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3927     m_ownTable     = false;
3928
3929     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
3930
3931     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
3932
3933     // Set default cell attributes
3934     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
3935     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
3936     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
3937     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
3938     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
3939     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3940
3941 #if _USE_VISATTR
3942     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
3943     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
3944
3945     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
3946     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
3947
3948 #else
3949     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
3950         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
3951     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
3952         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
3953 #endif
3954
3955     m_numRows = 0;
3956     m_numCols = 0;
3957     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
3958
3959     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
3960     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
3961
3962     // create the type registry
3963     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
3964     m_selection = NULL;
3965
3966     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
3967     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
3968                                                     wxID_ANY,
3969                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
3970                                                     wxDefaultSize );
3971
3972     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
3973                                               wxID_ANY,
3974                                               wxDefaultPosition,
3975                                               wxDefaultSize );
3976
3977     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
3978                                               wxID_ANY,
3979                                               wxDefaultPosition,
3980                                               wxDefaultSize );
3981
3982     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
3983                                   m_rowLabelWin,
3984                                   m_colLabelWin,
3985                                   wxID_ANY,
3986                                   wxDefaultPosition,
3987                                   wxDefaultSize );
3988
3989     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
3990
3991 #if _USE_VISATTR
3992     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
3993     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
3994     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
3995     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
3996 #else
3997     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
3998     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
3999     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4000     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4001 #endif
4002     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4003     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4004     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4005     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4006     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4007     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4008
4009     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4010     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4011
4012     Init();
4013 }
4014
4015
4016 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4017                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4018 {
4019     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4020                  false,
4021                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4022
4023     m_numRows = numRows;
4024     m_numCols = numCols;
4025
4026     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4027     m_table->SetView( this );
4028     m_ownTable = true;
4029     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4030
4031     CalcDimensions();
4032
4033     m_created = true;
4034
4035     return m_created;
4036 }
4037
4038 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4039 {
4040     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4041                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4042
4043     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4044 }
4045
4046 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4047 {
4048     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4049                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4050
4051     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4052 }
4053
4054 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4055                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4056 {
4057     if ( m_created )
4058     {
4059         // stop all processing
4060         m_created = false;
4061
4062         if (m_ownTable)
4063         {
4064             wxGridTableBase *t=m_table;
4065             m_table=0;
4066             delete t;
4067         }
4068         delete m_selection;
4069
4070         m_table=0;
4071         m_selection=0;
4072         m_numRows=0;
4073         m_numCols=0;
4074     }
4075     if (table)
4076     {
4077         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4078         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4079
4080         m_table = table;
4081         m_table->SetView( this );
4082         if (takeOwnership)
4083             m_ownTable = true;
4084         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4085
4086         CalcDimensions();
4087
4088         m_created = true;
4089     }
4090
4091     return m_created;
4092 }
4093
4094
4095 void wxGrid::Init()
4096 {
4097     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4098     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4099
4100     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4101     {
4102         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4103     }
4104     else
4105     {
4106         m_labelBackgroundColour = wxColour( _T("WHITE") );
4107     }
4108
4109     m_labelTextColour = wxColour( _T("BLACK") );
4110
4111     // init attr cache
4112     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4113     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4114     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4115
4116     // TODO: something better than this ?
4117     //
4118     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4119     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4120
4121     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4122     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4123
4124     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4125     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4126     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4127
4128     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4129     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4130
4131     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4132     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4133
4134 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4135     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4136 #else
4137     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4138 #endif
4139
4140     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4141     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4142     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4143     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4144     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4145
4146     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4147     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4148     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4149     m_canDragColSize = true;
4150     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4151     m_canDragCell = false;
4152     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4153     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4154     m_isDragging = false;
4155     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4156
4157     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4158
4159     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4160     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4161
4162     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4163
4164     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4165     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4166     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4167     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4168
4169     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4170
4171     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4172     m_batchCount = 0;
4173
4174     m_extraWidth =
4175     m_extraHeight = 0;
4176
4177     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4178     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4179 }
4180
4181 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4182 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4183 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4184 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4185 // arrays at all
4186 //
4187 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the
4188 // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later...
4189 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4190
4191 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4192 {
4193     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4194     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4195
4196     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4197     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4198
4199     int rowBottom = 0;
4200
4201     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4202
4203     for ( int i = 0;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4204     {
4205         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4206         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4207     }
4208 }
4209
4210 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4211 {
4212     m_colWidths.Empty();
4213     m_colRights.Empty();
4214
4215     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4216     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4217     int colRight = 0;
4218
4219     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4220
4221     for ( int i = 0;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4222     {
4223         colRight += m_defaultColWidth;
4224         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4225     }
4226 }
4227
4228 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4229 {
4230     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4231 }
4232
4233 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4234 {
4235     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth
4236                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4237 }
4238
4239 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4240 {
4241     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4242                                  : m_colRights[col];
4243 }
4244
4245 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4246 {
4247     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4248 }
4249
4250 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4251 {
4252     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4253                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4254 }
4255
4256 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4257 {
4258     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4259                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4260 }
4261
4262 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4263 {
4264     int cw, ch;
4265     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4266
4267     if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4268         cw -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4269     if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4270         ch -= m_colLabelHeight;
4271
4272     // grid total size
4273     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0;
4274     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0;
4275
4276     // take into account editor if shown
4277     if( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4278     {
4279       int w2, h2;
4280       int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4281       int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4282       int x = GetColLeft(c);
4283       int y = GetRowTop(r);
4284
4285       // how big is the editor
4286       wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4287       wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4288       editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4289       w2 += x;
4290       h2 += y;
4291       if( w2 > w ) w = w2;
4292       if( h2 > h ) h = h2;
4293       editor->DecRef();
4294       attr->DecRef();
4295     }
4296
4297     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4298     int x, y;
4299     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4300
4301     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4302     if ( x >= w )
4303         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4304     if ( y >= h )
4305         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4306
4307     // do set scrollbar parameters
4308     SetScrollbars( GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X, GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y,
4309                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y,
4310                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4311
4312     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4313     // still must reposition the children
4314     CalcWindowSizes();
4315 }
4316
4317
4318 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4319 {
4320     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4321
4322     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4323         return ;
4324
4325     int cw, ch;
4326     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4327
4328     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4329         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4330
4331     if (  m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4332         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight);
4333
4334     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4335         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight);
4336
4337     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4338         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight);
4339 }
4340
4341
4342 // this is called when the grid table sends a message to say that it
4343 // has been redimensioned
4344 //
4345 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4346 {
4347     int i;
4348     bool result = false;
4349
4350     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4351     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4352     ClearAttrCache();
4353     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4354     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4355     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4356     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4357     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4358     HideCellEditControl();
4359 #if 0
4360     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4361     // now
4362     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4363     {
4364         InitColWidths();
4365     }
4366
4367     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4368     {
4369         InitRowHeights();
4370     }
4371 #endif
4372
4373     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4374     {
4375         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4376         {
4377             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4378             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4379
4380             m_numRows += numRows;
4381
4382             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4383             {
4384                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4385                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4386
4387                 int bottom = 0;
4388                 if ( pos > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos-1];
4389
4390                 for ( i = pos;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4391                 {
4392                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4393                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4394                 }
4395             }
4396             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4397             {
4398                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4399                 // cell will be undefined...
4400                 //
4401                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4402             }
4403
4404             if ( m_selection )
4405                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4406             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4407             if (attrProvider)
4408                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4409
4410             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4411             {
4412                 CalcDimensions();
4413                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4414             }
4415         }
4416         result = true;
4417         break;
4418
4419         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4420         {
4421             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4422             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4423             m_numRows += numRows;
4424
4425             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4426             {
4427                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4428                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4429
4430                 int bottom = 0;
4431                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows-1];
4432
4433                 for ( i = oldNumRows;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4434                 {
4435                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4436                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4437                 }
4438             }
4439             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4440             {
4441                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4442                 // cell will be undefined...
4443                 //
4444                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4445             }
4446             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4447             {
4448                 CalcDimensions();
4449                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4450             }
4451         }
4452         result = true;
4453         break;
4454
4455         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4456         {
4457             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4458             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4459             m_numRows -= numRows;
4460
4461             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4462             {
4463                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4464                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4465
4466                 int h = 0;
4467                 for ( i = 0;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4468                 {
4469                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4470                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4471                 }
4472             }
4473             if ( !m_numRows )
4474             {
4475                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4476             }
4477             else
4478             {
4479                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4480                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4481             }
4482
4483             if ( m_selection )
4484                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4485             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4486             if (attrProvider) {
4487                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4488 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4489 #if 0
4490                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4491                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4492                 // all column attributes.
4493                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4494                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4495                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4496                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4497 #endif
4498             }
4499             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4500             {
4501                 CalcDimensions();
4502                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4503             }
4504         }
4505         result = true;
4506         break;
4507
4508         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4509         {
4510             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4511             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4512             m_numCols += numCols;
4513
4514             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4515             {
4516                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4517                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4518
4519                 int right = 0;
4520                 if ( pos > 0 ) right = m_colRights[pos-1];
4521
4522                 for ( i = pos;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4523                 {
4524                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4525                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4526                 }
4527             }
4528             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4529             {
4530                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4531                 // cell will be undefined...
4532                 //
4533                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4534             }
4535
4536             if ( m_selection )
4537                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4538             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4539             if (attrProvider)
4540                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4541             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4542             {
4543                 CalcDimensions();
4544                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4545             }
4546
4547         }
4548         result = true;
4549         break;
4550
4551         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4552         {
4553             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4554             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4555             m_numCols += numCols;
4556             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4557             {
4558                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4559                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4560
4561                 int right = 0;
4562                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) right = m_colRights[oldNumCols-1];
4563
4564                 for ( i = oldNumCols;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4565                 {
4566                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4567                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4568                 }
4569             }
4570             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4571             {
4572                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4573                 // cell will be undefined...
4574                 //
4575                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4576             }
4577             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4578             {
4579                 CalcDimensions();
4580                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4581             }
4582         }
4583         result = true;
4584         break;
4585
4586         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4587         {
4588             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4589             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4590             m_numCols -= numCols;
4591
4592             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4593             {
4594                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4595                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4596
4597                 int w = 0;
4598                 for ( i = 0;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4599                 {
4600                     w += m_colWidths[i];
4601                     m_colRights[i] = w;
4602                 }
4603             }
4604             if ( !m_numCols )
4605             {
4606                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4607             }
4608             else
4609             {
4610                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
4611                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4612             }
4613
4614             if ( m_selection )
4615                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4616             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4617             if (attrProvider) {
4618                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4619 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4620 #if 0
4621                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
4622                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
4623                 // all row attributes.
4624                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4625                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
4626                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
4627                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
4628 #endif
4629             }
4630             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4631             {
4632                 CalcDimensions();
4633                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4634             }
4635         }
4636         result = true;
4637         break;
4638     }
4639
4640     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
4641         m_gridWin->Refresh();
4642     return result;
4643 }
4644
4645
4646 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4647 {
4648     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4649     wxRect r;
4650
4651     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
4652
4653     int top, bottom;
4654     while ( iter )
4655     {
4656         r = iter.GetRect();
4657
4658         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4659         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4660         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4661         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4662         //
4663 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4664         int cw, ch;
4665         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4666         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
4667         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
4668 #endif
4669
4670         // logical bounds of update region
4671         //
4672         int dummy;
4673         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
4674         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
4675
4676         // find the row labels within these bounds
4677         //
4678         int row;
4679         for ( row = internalYToRow(top);  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
4680         {
4681             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
4682                 continue;
4683
4684             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
4685                 break;
4686
4687             rowlabels.Add( row );
4688         }
4689
4690         iter++ ;
4691     }
4692
4693     return rowlabels;
4694 }
4695
4696
4697 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4698 {
4699     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4700     wxRect r;
4701
4702     wxArrayInt colLabels;
4703
4704     int left, right;
4705     while ( iter )
4706     {
4707         r = iter.GetRect();
4708
4709         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4710         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4711         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4712         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4713         //
4714 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4715         int cw, ch;
4716         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4717         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
4718         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
4719 #endif
4720
4721         // logical bounds of update region
4722         //
4723         int dummy;
4724         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
4725         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
4726
4727         // find the cells within these bounds
4728         //
4729         int col;
4730         for ( col = internalXToCol(left);  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
4731         {
4732             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
4733                 continue;
4734
4735             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
4736                 break;
4737
4738             colLabels.Add( col );
4739         }
4740
4741         iter++ ;
4742     }
4743     return colLabels;
4744 }
4745
4746
4747 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4748 {
4749     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4750     wxRect r;
4751
4752     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
4753
4754     int left, top, right, bottom;
4755     while ( iter )
4756     {
4757         r = iter.GetRect();
4758
4759         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4760         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4761         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4762         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4763         //
4764 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4765         int cw, ch;
4766         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4767         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
4768         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
4769         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
4770         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
4771 #endif
4772
4773         // logical bounds of update region
4774         //
4775         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
4776         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
4777
4778         // find the cells within these bounds
4779         //
4780         int row, col;
4781         for ( row = internalYToRow(top);  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
4782         {
4783             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
4784                 continue;
4785
4786             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
4787                 break;
4788
4789             for ( col = internalXToCol(left);  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
4790             {
4791                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
4792                     continue;
4793
4794                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
4795                     break;
4796
4797                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
4798             }
4799         }
4800
4801         iter++;
4802     }
4803
4804     return cellsExposed;
4805 }
4806
4807
4808 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4809 {
4810     int x, y, row;
4811     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
4812     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
4813
4814     if ( event.Dragging() )
4815     {
4816         if (!m_isDragging)
4817         {
4818             m_isDragging = true;
4819             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
4820         }
4821
4822         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
4823         {
4824             switch( m_cursorMode )
4825             {
4826                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
4827                 {
4828                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
4829                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4830                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
4831
4832                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
4833                     PrepareDC( dc );
4834                     y = wxMax( y,
4835                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
4836                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
4837                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
4838                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
4839                     {
4840                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
4841                     }
4842                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
4843                     m_dragLastPos = y;
4844                 }
4845                 break;
4846
4847                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
4848                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
4849                     {
4850                         if ( m_selection )
4851                         {
4852                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
4853                                                     event.ControlDown(),
4854                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
4855                                                     event.AltDown(),
4856                                                     event.MetaDown() );
4857                         }
4858                     }
4859
4860                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
4861                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
4862                 default:
4863                     break;
4864             }
4865         }
4866         return;
4867     }
4868
4869     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
4870         return;
4871
4872     if (m_isDragging)
4873     {
4874         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
4875         m_isDragging = false;
4876     }
4877
4878     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
4879     //
4880     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
4881     {
4882         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
4883     }
4884
4885
4886     // ------------ Left button pressed
4887     //
4888     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
4889     {
4890         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
4891         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
4892         // wanting to resize the row
4893         //
4894         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
4895         {
4896             row = YToRow(y);
4897             if ( row >= 0  &&
4898                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
4899             {
4900                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() )
4901                     ClearSelection();
4902                 if ( m_selection )
4903                 {
4904                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
4905                     {
4906                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
4907                                                   0,
4908                                                   row,
4909                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
4910                                                   event.ControlDown(),
4911                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
4912                                                   event.AltDown(),
4913                                                   event.MetaDown() );
4914                     }
4915                     else
4916                     {
4917                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
4918                                                 event.ControlDown(),
4919                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
4920                                                 event.AltDown(),
4921                                                 event.MetaDown() );
4922                     }
4923                 }
4924
4925                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
4926             }
4927         }
4928         else
4929         {
4930             // starting to drag-resize a row
4931             //
4932             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
4933                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
4934         }
4935     }
4936
4937
4938     // ------------ Left double click
4939     //
4940     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
4941     {
4942         int row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
4943         if ( row < 0 )
4944         {
4945             row = YToRow(y);
4946             if ( row >=0 &&
4947                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
4948             {
4949                 // no default action at the moment
4950             }
4951         }
4952         else
4953         {
4954             // adjust row height depending on label text
4955             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
4956
4957             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
4958             m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4959         }
4960     }
4961
4962
4963     // ------------ Left button released
4964     //
4965     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
4966     {
4967         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
4968         {
4969             DoEndDragResizeRow();
4970
4971             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
4972             // default processing in this case
4973             //
4974             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
4975         }
4976
4977         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
4978         m_dragLastPos = -1;
4979     }
4980
4981
4982     // ------------ Right button down
4983     //
4984     else if ( event.RightDown() )
4985     {
4986         row = YToRow(y);
4987         if ( row >=0 &&
4988              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
4989         {
4990             // no default action at the moment
4991         }
4992     }
4993
4994
4995     // ------------ Right double click
4996     //
4997     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
4998     {
4999         row = YToRow(y);
5000         if ( row >= 0 &&
5001              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5002         {
5003             // no default action at the moment
5004         }
5005     }
5006
5007
5008     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5009     //
5010     else if ( event.Moving() )
5011     {
5012         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5013         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5014         {
5015             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5016             {
5017                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5018                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5019                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5020             }
5021         }
5022         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5023         {
5024             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5025         }
5026     }
5027 }
5028
5029
5030 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5031 {
5032     int x, y, col;
5033     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5034     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5035
5036     if ( event.Dragging() )
5037     {
5038         if (!m_isDragging)
5039         {
5040             m_isDragging = true;
5041             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5042         }
5043
5044         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5045         {
5046             switch( m_cursorMode )
5047             {
5048                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5049                 {
5050                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5051                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5052                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5053
5054                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5055                     PrepareDC( dc );
5056
5057                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5058                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5059                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5060                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5061                     {
5062                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
5063                     }
5064                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch );
5065                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5066                 }
5067                 break;
5068
5069                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5070                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5071                     {
5072                         if ( m_selection )
5073                         {
5074                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5075                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5076                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5077                                                     event.AltDown(),
5078                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5079                         }
5080                     }
5081
5082                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5083                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5084                 default:
5085                     break;
5086             }
5087         }
5088         return;
5089     }
5090
5091     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5092         return;
5093
5094     if (m_isDragging)
5095     {
5096         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5097         m_isDragging = false;
5098     }
5099
5100     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5101     //
5102     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5103     {
5104         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5105     }
5106
5107
5108     // ------------ Left button pressed
5109     //
5110     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5111     {
5112         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5113         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5114         // wanting to resize the col
5115         //
5116         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5117         {
5118             col = XToCol(x);
5119             if ( col >= 0  &&
5120                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5121             {
5122                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() )
5123                     ClearSelection();
5124                 if ( m_selection )
5125                 {
5126                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5127                     {
5128                         m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5129                                                   m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5130                                                   GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5131                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5132                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5133                                                   event.AltDown(),
5134                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5135                     }
5136                     else
5137                     {
5138                         m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5139                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5140                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5141                                                 event.AltDown(),
5142                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5143                     }
5144                 }
5145
5146                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5147             }
5148         }
5149         else
5150         {
5151             // starting to drag-resize a col
5152             //
5153             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5154                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5155         }
5156     }
5157
5158
5159     // ------------ Left double click
5160     //
5161     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5162     {
5163         int col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5164         if ( col < 0 )
5165         {
5166             col = XToCol(x);
5167             if ( col >= 0 &&
5168                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5169             {
5170                 // no default action at the moment
5171             }
5172         }
5173         else
5174         {
5175             // adjust column width depending on label text
5176             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5177
5178             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5179             m_dragLastPos  = -1;
5180         }
5181     }
5182
5183
5184     // ------------ Left button released
5185     //
5186     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5187     {
5188         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5189         {
5190             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5191
5192             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5193             // default processing in this case
5194             //
5195             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5196         }
5197
5198         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5199         m_dragLastPos  = -1;
5200     }
5201
5202
5203     // ------------ Right button down
5204     //
5205     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5206     {
5207         col = XToCol(x);
5208         if ( col >= 0 &&
5209              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5210         {
5211             // no default action at the moment
5212         }
5213     }
5214
5215
5216     // ------------ Right double click
5217     //
5218     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5219     {
5220         col = XToCol(x);
5221         if ( col >= 0 &&
5222              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5223         {
5224             // no default action at the moment
5225         }
5226     }
5227
5228
5229     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5230     //
5231     else if ( event.Moving() )
5232     {
5233         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5234         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5235         {
5236             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5237             {
5238                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5239                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5240                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5241             }
5242         }
5243         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5244         {
5245             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5246         }
5247     }
5248 }
5249
5250
5251 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5252 {
5253     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5254     {
5255         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5256         // col args == -1
5257         //
5258         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5259         {
5260             SelectAll();
5261         }
5262     }
5263
5264     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5265     {
5266         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5267     }
5268
5269     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5270     {
5271         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5272         {
5273             // no default action at the moment
5274         }
5275     }
5276
5277     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5278     {
5279         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5280         {
5281             // no default action at the moment
5282         }
5283     }
5284 }
5285
5286 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5287                               wxWindow *win,
5288                               bool captureMouse)
5289 {
5290 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5291     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5292     {
5293         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5294         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5295         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5296         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5297         _T("SELECT_COL")
5298     };
5299
5300     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5301                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5302                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5303                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5304                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5305                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5306 #endif // __WXDEBUG__
5307
5308     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5309          win == m_winCapture &&
5310          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5311         return;
5312
5313     if ( !win )
5314     {
5315         // by default use the grid itself
5316         win = m_gridWin;
5317     }
5318
5319     if ( m_winCapture )
5320     {
5321         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5322         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5323     }
5324
5325     m_cursorMode = mode;
5326
5327     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5328     {
5329         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5330             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5331             break;
5332
5333         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5334             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5335             break;
5336
5337         default:
5338             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5339     }
5340
5341     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5342     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5343                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5344
5345     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5346     {
5347         win->CaptureMouse();
5348         m_winCapture = win;
5349     }
5350 }
5351
5352 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5353 {
5354     int x, y;
5355     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5356     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5357
5358     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5359     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5360
5361     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5362     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5363     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5364     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5365     {
5366         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5367         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5368     }
5369
5370     if ( event.Dragging() )
5371     {
5372         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5373
5374         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been drug at
5375         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5376         if (! m_isDragging)
5377         {
5378             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5379             {
5380                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5381                 return;
5382             }
5383             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5384                 return;
5385         }
5386
5387         m_isDragging = true;
5388         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5389         {
5390             // Hide the edit control, so it
5391             // won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
5392             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5393             {
5394                 HideCellEditControl();
5395                 SaveEditControlValue();
5396             }
5397
5398             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5399             if (! m_winCapture)
5400             {
5401                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5402                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5403             }
5404
5405             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5406             {
5407                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
5408                 {
5409                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5410                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5411                     HighlightBlock ( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5412                 }
5413                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5414                 {
5415                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5416                     {
5417                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5418                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5419
5420                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5421                                    coords.GetRow(),
5422                                    coords.GetCol(),
5423                                    event );
5424                     }
5425                 }
5426                 else
5427                 {
5428                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5429                     {
5430                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5431                     }
5432                     else
5433                     {
5434                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5435                     }
5436                 }
5437
5438                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5439                 {
5440                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5441                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5442                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5443                 }
5444             }
5445         }
5446         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5447         {
5448             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5449             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5450             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5451
5452             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5453             PrepareDC( dc );
5454             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5455                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5456             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5457             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5458             {
5459                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5460             }
5461             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5462             m_dragLastPos = y;
5463         }
5464         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5465         {
5466             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5467             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5468             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5469
5470             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5471             PrepareDC( dc );
5472             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5473                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5474             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5475             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5476             {
5477                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
5478             }
5479             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch );
5480             m_dragLastPos = x;
5481         }
5482
5483         return;
5484     }
5485
5486     m_isDragging = false;
5487     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
5488
5489     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
5490     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
5491     //     wxGTK
5492 #if 0
5493     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5494     {
5495         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5496         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5497     }
5498     else
5499 #endif // 0
5500
5501     // ------------ Left button pressed
5502     //
5503     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5504     {
5505         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
5506                        coords.GetRow(),
5507                        coords.GetCol(),
5508                        event ) )
5509         {
5510             if ( !event.ControlDown() )
5511                 ClearSelection();
5512             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5513             {
5514                 if ( m_selection )
5515                 {
5516                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5517                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5518                                               coords.GetRow(),
5519                                               coords.GetCol(),
5520                                               event.ControlDown(),
5521                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5522                                               event.AltDown(),
5523                                               event.MetaDown() );
5524                 }
5525             }
5526             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0  &&
5527                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5528             {
5529                 DisableCellEditControl();
5530                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
5531
5532                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
5533                 {
5534                     if ( m_selection )
5535                     {
5536                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
5537                                                           coords.GetCol(),
5538                                                           event.ControlDown(),
5539                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
5540                                                           event.AltDown(),
5541                                                           event.MetaDown() );
5542                     }
5543                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5544                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5545                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5546                 }
5547                 else
5548                 {
5549                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
5550                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
5551                     if ( m_selection )
5552                     {
5553                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
5554                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
5555                         {
5556                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5557                         }
5558                     }
5559                 }
5560             }
5561         }
5562     }
5563
5564
5565     // ------------ Left double click
5566     //
5567     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5568     {
5569         DisableCellEditControl();
5570
5571         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0  &&  YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5572         {
5573             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
5574                              coords.GetRow(),
5575                              coords.GetCol(),
5576                              event ) )
5577             {
5578                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
5579                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
5580                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
5581             }
5582         }
5583
5584     }
5585
5586
5587     // ------------ Left button released
5588     //
5589     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5590     {
5591         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5592         {
5593             if (m_winCapture)
5594             {
5595                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5596                 m_winCapture = NULL;
5597             }
5598
5599             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl())
5600             {
5601                 ClearSelection();
5602                 EnableCellEditControl();
5603
5604                 wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
5605                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5606                 editor->StartingClick();
5607                 editor->DecRef();
5608                 attr->DecRef();
5609
5610                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
5611             }
5612             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5613                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5614             {
5615                 if ( m_selection )
5616                 {
5617                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
5618                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
5619                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
5620                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
5621                                               event.ControlDown(),
5622                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5623                                               event.AltDown(),
5624                                               event.MetaDown() );
5625                 }
5626
5627                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5628                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5629
5630                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
5631                 // drag-shrinking.
5632                 ShowCellEditControl();
5633             }
5634         }
5635         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5636         {
5637             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5638             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5639
5640             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5641             // default processing in this case
5642             //
5643             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5644         }
5645         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5646         {
5647             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5648             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5649
5650             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5651             // default processing in this case
5652             //
5653             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5654         }
5655
5656         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5657     }
5658
5659
5660     // ------------ Right button down
5661     //
5662     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5663     {
5664         DisableCellEditControl();
5665         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
5666                          coords.GetRow(),
5667                          coords.GetCol(),
5668                          event ) )
5669         {
5670             // no default action at the moment
5671         }
5672     }
5673
5674
5675     // ------------ Right double click
5676     //
5677     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5678     {
5679         DisableCellEditControl();
5680         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
5681                          coords.GetRow(),
5682                          coords.GetCol(),
5683                          event ) )
5684         {
5685             // no default action at the moment
5686         }
5687     }
5688
5689     // ------------ Moving and no button action
5690     //
5691     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
5692     {
5693         if( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
5694         {
5695             // out of grid cell area
5696             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5697             return;
5698         }
5699
5700         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5701         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5702
5703         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
5704         // directions is not implemented yet...
5705         //
5706         if ( dragRow >= 0  &&  dragCol >= 0 )
5707         {
5708             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5709             return;
5710         }
5711
5712         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
5713         {
5714             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
5715
5716             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5717             {
5718                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5719                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW);
5720             }
5721
5722             if ( dragCol >= 0 )
5723             {
5724                 m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
5725             }
5726
5727             return;
5728         }
5729
5730         if ( dragCol >= 0 )
5731         {
5732             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
5733
5734             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5735             {
5736                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5737                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL);
5738             }
5739
5740             return;
5741         }
5742
5743         // Neither on a row or col edge
5744         //
5745         if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5746         {
5747             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5748         }
5749     }
5750 }
5751
5752
5753 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
5754 {
5755     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5756     {
5757         // erase the last line and resize the row
5758         //
5759         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5760         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5761         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5762
5763         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5764         PrepareDC( dc );
5765         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
5766         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5767         HideCellEditControl();
5768         SaveEditControlValue();
5769
5770         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
5771         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
5772                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
5773
5774         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5775         {
5776             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
5777             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
5778             rect.x = 0;
5779             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
5780             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
5781             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
5782             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
5783             rect.width = cw;
5784             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
5785             if (m_table)
5786             {
5787                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
5788                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
5789                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left+cw);
5790                 if (leftCol >= 0)
5791                 {
5792                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
5793                     {
5794                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
5795                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
5796                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
5797                     }
5798                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
5799                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
5800                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
5801                 }
5802             }
5803             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
5804         }
5805
5806         ShowCellEditControl();
5807     }
5808 }
5809
5810
5811 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
5812 {
5813     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5814     {
5815         // erase the last line and resize the col
5816         //
5817         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5818         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5819         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5820
5821         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5822         PrepareDC( dc );
5823         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
5824         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch );
5825         HideCellEditControl();
5826         SaveEditControlValue();
5827
5828         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
5829         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
5830                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
5831                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
5832
5833         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5834         {
5835             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
5836             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
5837             rect.y = 0;
5838             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
5839             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
5840             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
5841             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
5842             rect.height = ch;
5843             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
5844             if (m_table)
5845             {
5846                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
5847                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
5848                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top+cw);
5849                 if (topRow >= 0)
5850                 {
5851                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
5852                     {
5853                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
5854                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
5855                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
5856                     }
5857                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
5858                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
5859                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
5860                 }
5861             }
5862             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
5863         }
5864
5865         ShowCellEditControl();
5866     }
5867 }
5868
5869
5870
5871 //
5872 // ------ interaction with data model
5873 //
5874 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
5875 {
5876     switch ( msg.GetId() )
5877     {
5878         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
5879             return GetModelValues();
5880
5881         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
5882             return SetModelValues();
5883
5884         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
5885         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
5886         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
5887         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
5888         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
5889         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5890             return Redimension( msg );
5891
5892         default:
5893             return false;
5894     }
5895 }
5896
5897
5898
5899 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
5900 // Clear() function.  For the default wxGridStringTable class the
5901 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
5902 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
5903 //
5904 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
5905 {
5906     if ( m_table )
5907     {
5908         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
5909             DisableCellEditControl();
5910
5911         m_table->Clear();
5912         if ( !GetBatchCount() ) m_gridWin->Refresh();
5913     }
5914 }
5915
5916
5917 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
5918 {
5919     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
5920
5921     if ( !m_created )
5922     {
5923         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
5924         return false;
5925     }
5926
5927     if ( m_table )
5928     {
5929         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
5930             DisableCellEditControl();
5931
5932         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
5933         return done;
5934
5935         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
5936         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
5937     }
5938     return false;
5939 }
5940
5941
5942 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
5943 {
5944     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
5945
5946     if ( !m_created )
5947     {
5948         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
5949         return false;
5950     }
5951
5952     if ( m_table )
5953     {
5954         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
5955         return done;
5956         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
5957         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
5958     }
5959     return false;
5960 }
5961
5962
5963 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
5964 {
5965     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
5966
5967     if ( !m_created )
5968     {
5969         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
5970         return false;
5971     }
5972
5973     if ( m_table )
5974     {
5975         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
5976             DisableCellEditControl();
5977
5978         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
5979         return done;
5980         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
5981         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
5982     }
5983     return false;
5984 }
5985
5986
5987 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
5988 {
5989     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
5990
5991     if ( !m_created )
5992     {
5993         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
5994         return false;
5995     }
5996
5997     if ( m_table )
5998     {
5999         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6000             DisableCellEditControl();
6001
6002         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6003         return done;
6004         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6005         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6006     }
6007     return false;
6008 }
6009
6010
6011 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6012 {
6013     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6014
6015     if ( !m_created )
6016     {
6017         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6018         return false;
6019     }
6020
6021     if ( m_table )
6022     {
6023         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6024         return done;
6025         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6026         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6027     }
6028     return false;
6029 }
6030
6031
6032 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6033 {
6034     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6035
6036     if ( !m_created )
6037     {
6038         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6039         return false;
6040     }
6041
6042     if ( m_table )
6043     {
6044         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6045             DisableCellEditControl();
6046
6047         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6048         return done;
6049         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6050         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6051     }
6052     return false;
6053 }
6054
6055
6056
6057 //
6058 // ----- event handlers
6059 //
6060
6061 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6062 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6063 //
6064 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6065                         int row, int col,
6066                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6067 {
6068    bool claimed;
6069    bool vetoed;
6070
6071    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6072    {
6073        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6074
6075        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6076                type,
6077                this,
6078                rowOrCol,
6079                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6080                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6081                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6082                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6083                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6084                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6085
6086        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6087        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6088    }
6089    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6090    {
6091        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6092        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6093                type,
6094                this,
6095                m_selectingTopLeft,
6096                m_selectingBottomRight,
6097                true,
6098                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6099                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6100                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6101                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6102
6103        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6104        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6105    }
6106    else
6107    {
6108        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6109                type,
6110                this,
6111                row, col,
6112                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6113                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6114                false,
6115                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6116                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6117                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6118                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6119        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6120        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6121    }
6122
6123    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6124    if (vetoed) return -1;
6125    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6126 }
6127
6128
6129 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6130 // of ProcessEvent().
6131 //
6132 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6133                         int row, int col )
6134 {
6135    bool claimed;
6136    bool vetoed;
6137
6138     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6139     {
6140         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6141
6142         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6143                                  type,
6144                                  this,
6145                                  rowOrCol );
6146
6147         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6148         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6149     }
6150     else
6151     {
6152         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6153                              type,
6154                              this,
6155                              row, col );
6156
6157         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6158         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6159      }
6160
6161     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6162     if (vetoed) return -1;
6163     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6164 }
6165
6166
6167 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6168 {
6169     wxPaintDC dc(this);  // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6170 }
6171
6172 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6173 {
6174     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6175     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6176     if (! GetBatchCount())
6177     {
6178         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6179         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb,rect);
6180
6181         if (rect)
6182         {
6183             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6184             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6185             int x, y;
6186
6187             //Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6188             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6189             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6190             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6191             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6192
6193             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6194             if (width_label > rectWidth) width_label = rectWidth;
6195
6196             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6197             if (height_label > rectHeight) height_label = rectHeight;
6198
6199             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6200             {
6201                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6202                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6203             }
6204             else
6205             {
6206                 x = 0;
6207                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6208             }
6209
6210             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6211             {
6212                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6213                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6214             }
6215             else
6216             {
6217                 y = 0;
6218                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6219             }
6220
6221             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6222             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6223             {
6224                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6225                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6226             }
6227
6228             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6229             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6230             {
6231                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6232                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6233             }
6234
6235             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6236             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6237             {
6238                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6239                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6240             }
6241
6242             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6243             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6244             {
6245                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6246                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6247             }
6248         }
6249         else
6250         {
6251             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6252             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6253             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6254             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6255         }
6256     }
6257 }
6258
6259 void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event )
6260 {
6261     // position the child windows
6262     CalcWindowSizes();
6263
6264     // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size
6265     // changes itself
6266     event.Skip();
6267 }
6268
6269
6270 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6271 {
6272     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6273     {
6274         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6275         //
6276         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6277     }
6278
6279     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6280
6281     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6282     //
6283     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6284     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6285     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6286
6287     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6288     {
6289
6290         // try local handlers
6291         //
6292         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6293         {
6294             case WXK_UP:
6295                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6296                 {
6297                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6298                 }
6299                 else
6300                 {
6301                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6302                 }
6303                 break;
6304
6305             case WXK_DOWN:
6306                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6307                 {
6308                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6309                 }
6310                 else
6311                 {
6312                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6313                 }
6314                 break;
6315
6316             case WXK_LEFT:
6317                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6318                 {
6319                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6320                 }
6321                 else
6322                 {
6323                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6324                 }
6325                 break;
6326
6327             case WXK_RIGHT:
6328                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6329                 {
6330                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6331                 }
6332                 else
6333                 {
6334                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6335                 }
6336                 break;
6337
6338             case WXK_RETURN:
6339             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6340                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6341                 {
6342                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6343                 }
6344                 else
6345                 {
6346                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6347                     {
6348                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6349                     }
6350                     else
6351                     {
6352                         // at the bottom of a column
6353                         DisableCellEditControl();
6354                     }
6355                 }
6356                 break;
6357
6358             case WXK_ESCAPE:
6359                 ClearSelection();
6360                 break;
6361
6362             case WXK_TAB:
6363                 if (event.ShiftDown())
6364                 {
6365                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
6366                     {
6367                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
6368                     }
6369                     else
6370                     {
6371                         // at left of grid
6372                         DisableCellEditControl();
6373                     }
6374                 }
6375                 else
6376                 {
6377                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols()-1 )
6378                     {
6379                         MoveCursorRight( false );
6380                     }
6381                     else
6382                     {
6383                         // at right of grid
6384                         DisableCellEditControl();
6385                     }
6386                 }
6387                 break;
6388
6389             case WXK_HOME:
6390                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6391                 {
6392                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
6393                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
6394                 }
6395                 else
6396                 {
6397                     event.Skip();
6398                 }
6399                 break;
6400
6401             case WXK_END:
6402                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6403                 {
6404                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
6405                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
6406                 }
6407                 else
6408                 {
6409                     event.Skip();
6410                 }
6411                 break;
6412
6413             case WXK_PRIOR:
6414                 MovePageUp();
6415                 break;
6416
6417             case WXK_NEXT:
6418                 MovePageDown();
6419                 break;
6420
6421             case WXK_SPACE:
6422                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6423                 {
6424                     if ( m_selection )
6425                     {
6426                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6427                                                           m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6428                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6429                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6430                                                           event.AltDown(),
6431                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6432                     }
6433                     break;
6434                 }
6435                 if ( !IsEditable() )
6436                 {
6437                     MoveCursorRight( false );
6438                     break;
6439                 }
6440                 // Otherwise fall through to default
6441
6442             default:
6443                 // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
6444                 if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
6445                 {
6446                     // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
6447                     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6448                     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6449                     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6450                     wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6451
6452                     // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
6453                     // other keys - ask the editor itself
6454                     if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
6455                          || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
6456                     {
6457                         // ensure cell is visble
6458                         MakeCellVisible(row, col);
6459                         EnableCellEditControl();
6460
6461                         // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
6462                         // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
6463                         // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
6464                         // crash the app
6465                         if( editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) editor->StartingKey(event);
6466                     }
6467                     else
6468                     {
6469                         event.Skip();
6470                     }
6471
6472                     editor->DecRef();
6473                     attr->DecRef();
6474                 }
6475                 else
6476                 {
6477                     // let others process char events with modifiers or all
6478                     // char events for readonly cells
6479                     event.Skip();
6480                 }
6481                 break;
6482         }
6483     }
6484
6485     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
6486 }
6487
6488 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
6489 {
6490     // try local handlers
6491     //
6492     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
6493     {
6494         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6495              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6496         {
6497             if ( m_selection )
6498             {
6499                 m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6500                                           m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6501                                           m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6502                                           m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6503                                           event.ControlDown(),
6504                                           true,
6505                                           event.AltDown(),
6506                                           event.MetaDown() );
6507             }
6508         }
6509
6510         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6511         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6512         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6513     }
6514 }
6515
6516 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
6517 {
6518 }
6519
6520 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
6521 {
6522     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
6523     {
6524         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
6525         return;
6526     }
6527
6528     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
6529     PrepareDC(dc);
6530
6531     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6532     {
6533         DisableCellEditControl();
6534
6535         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
6536         {
6537             wxRect r;
6538             r = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords);
6539             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
6540             {
6541                 r.x--;
6542                 r.y--;
6543                 r.width++;
6544                 r.height++;
6545             }
6546
6547             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
6548
6549             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
6550             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6551
6552             DrawGridCellArea(dc,cells);
6553             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
6554         }
6555     }
6556
6557     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6558
6559     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6560     DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
6561     attr->DecRef();
6562 }
6563
6564
6565 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
6566 {
6567     int temp;
6568     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
6569
6570     if ( m_selection )
6571     {
6572         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
6573         {
6574             leftCol = 0;
6575             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
6576         }
6577         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
6578         {
6579             topRow = 0;
6580             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
6581         }
6582     }
6583
6584     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
6585     {
6586         temp = topRow;
6587         topRow = bottomRow;
6588         bottomRow = temp;
6589     }
6590
6591     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
6592     {
6593         temp = leftCol;
6594         leftCol = rightCol;
6595         rightCol = temp;
6596     }
6597
6598     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
6599     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
6600
6601     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
6602     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
6603          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6604     {
6605         wxRect rect;
6606         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
6607                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
6608         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6609     }
6610     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
6611     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
6612               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
6613     {
6614         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
6615         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
6616         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
6617         wxRect  rect[4];
6618         bool    need_refresh[4];
6619         need_refresh[0] =
6620         need_refresh[1] =
6621         need_refresh[2] =
6622         need_refresh[3] = false;
6623         int     i;
6624
6625         // Store intermediate values
6626         wxCoord oldLeft   = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
6627         wxCoord oldTop    = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
6628         wxCoord oldRight  = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
6629         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
6630
6631         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
6632         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
6633         {
6634             temp = oldLeft;
6635             oldLeft = leftCol;
6636             leftCol = temp;
6637         }
6638         if (oldTop > topRow )
6639         {
6640             temp = oldTop;
6641             oldTop = topRow;
6642             topRow = temp;
6643         }
6644         if (oldRight < rightCol )
6645         {
6646             temp = oldRight;
6647             oldRight = rightCol;
6648             rightCol = temp;
6649         }
6650         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
6651         {
6652             temp = oldBottom;
6653             oldBottom = bottomRow;
6654             bottomRow = temp;
6655         }
6656
6657         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
6658         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
6659         // is contained in the other.
6660
6661         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
6662         {
6663             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6664             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
6665             need_refresh[0] = true;
6666             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
6667                                                             oldLeft ),
6668                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
6669                                                             leftCol - 1 ) );
6670         }
6671
6672         if ( oldTop  < topRow )
6673         {
6674             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6675             // area above the old or new selection.
6676             need_refresh[1] = true;
6677             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
6678                                                             leftCol ),
6679                                          wxGridCellCoords ( topRow - 1,
6680                                                             rightCol ) );
6681         }
6682
6683         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
6684         {
6685             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6686             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
6687             need_refresh[2] = true;
6688             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop,
6689                                                             rightCol + 1 ),
6690                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
6691                                                             oldRight ) );
6692         }
6693
6694         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
6695         {
6696             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6697             // area below the old or new selection.
6698             need_refresh[3] = true;
6699             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow + 1,
6700                                                             leftCol ),
6701                                          wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom,
6702                                                             rightCol ) );
6703         }
6704
6705         // various Refresh() calls
6706         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
6707             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
6708                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
6709     }
6710     // Change Selection
6711     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
6712     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
6713 }
6714
6715 //
6716 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
6717 //
6718
6719 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
6720 {
6721     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6722     HideCellEditControl();
6723
6724     if ( m_table )
6725     {
6726         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
6727         //
6728         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6729         return true;
6730     }
6731
6732     return false;
6733 }
6734
6735
6736 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
6737 {
6738     int row, col;
6739
6740     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6741     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
6742     // I think so ...
6743     DisableCellEditControl();
6744
6745     if ( m_table )
6746     {
6747         for ( row = 0;  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
6748         {
6749             for ( col = 0;  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
6750             {
6751                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
6752             }
6753         }
6754
6755         return true;
6756     }
6757
6758     return false;
6759 }
6760
6761
6762
6763 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
6764 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
6765 // CalcExposedCells)
6766 //
6767 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
6768 {
6769     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) return;
6770
6771     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
6772     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
6773     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
6774
6775     for ( i = numCells-1; i >= 0;  i-- )
6776     {
6777         row = cells[i].GetRow();
6778         col = cells[i].GetCol();
6779         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6780
6781         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
6782         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
6783         {
6784             wxGridCellCoords cell(row+cell_rows, col+cell_cols);
6785             bool marked = false;
6786             for ( int j = 0;  j < numCells;  j++ )
6787             {
6788                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
6789                 {
6790                     marked = true;
6791                     break;
6792                 }
6793             }
6794             if (!marked)
6795             {
6796                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
6797                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
6798                 {
6799                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
6800                     {
6801                         marked = true;
6802                         break;
6803                     }
6804                 }
6805                 if (!marked) redrawCells.Add( cell );
6806             }
6807             continue; // don't bother drawing this cell
6808         }
6809
6810         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
6811         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
6812         {
6813             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
6814             {
6815                 // find a cell in this row to left alreay marked for repaint
6816                 int left = col;
6817                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
6818                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
6819                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
6820                         left=redrawCells[k].GetCol();
6821
6822                 if (left == col) left = 0; // oh well
6823
6824                 for (int j = col-1; j >= left; j--)
6825                 {
6826                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+l, j))
6827                     {
6828                         if (GetCellOverflow(row+l, j))
6829                         {
6830                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row+l, j);
6831                             bool marked = false;
6832
6833                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
6834                             {
6835                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
6836                                 {
6837                                     marked = true;
6838                                     break;
6839                                 }
6840                             }
6841                             if (!marked)
6842                             {
6843                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
6844                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
6845                                 {
6846                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
6847                                     {
6848                                         marked = true;
6849                                         break;
6850                                     }
6851                                 }
6852                                 if (!marked) redrawCells.Add( cell );
6853                             }
6854                         }
6855                         break;
6856                     }
6857                 }
6858             }
6859         }
6860         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
6861     }
6862
6863     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
6864
6865     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0;  i-- )
6866     {
6867         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
6868     }
6869 }
6870
6871
6872 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
6873 {
6874   int cw, ch;
6875   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6876
6877   int right, bottom;
6878   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
6879
6880   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0;
6881   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0 ;
6882
6883   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
6884   {
6885       int left, top;
6886       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
6887
6888       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
6889       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
6890
6891       if ( right > rightCol )
6892       {
6893           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch);
6894       }
6895
6896       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
6897       {
6898           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow);
6899       }
6900   }
6901 }
6902
6903
6904 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
6905 {
6906     int row = coords.GetRow();
6907     int col = coords.GetCol();
6908
6909     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
6910         return;
6911
6912     // we draw the cell border ourselves
6913 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
6914     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
6915         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
6916 #endif
6917
6918     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6919
6920     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
6921
6922     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
6923
6924     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
6925     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
6926     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
6927     {
6928         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6929         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
6930         editor->DecRef();
6931     }
6932     else
6933     {
6934         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be
6935         // customized
6936         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
6937         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
6938         renderer->DecRef();
6939     }
6940
6941     attr->DecRef();
6942 }
6943
6944 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
6945 {
6946     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6947     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6948
6949     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
6950         return;
6951
6952     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
6953
6954     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
6955     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
6956     // it doesn't look really good
6957
6958     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
6959
6960     if (penWidth > 0)
6961     {
6962         // The center of th drawn line is where the position/width/height of
6963         // the rectangle is actually at, (on wxMSW atr least,) so we will
6964         // reduce the size of the rectangle to compensate for the thickness of
6965         // the line.  If this is too strange on non wxMSW platforms then
6966         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
6967         rect.x += penWidth/2;
6968         rect.y += penWidth/2;
6969         rect.width -= penWidth-1;
6970         rect.height -= penWidth-1;
6971
6972
6973         // Now draw the rectangle
6974         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
6975         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
6976         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col)?m_selectionForeground:m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
6977         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
6978         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
6979     }
6980
6981 #if 0
6982         // VZ: my experiments with 3d borders...
6983
6984         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
6985         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
6986                 y1 = rect.y,
6987                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width -1,
6988                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height -1;
6989
6990         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
6991         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
6992         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
6993
6994         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
6995         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2 );
6996
6997         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
6998         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
6999         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2+1);
7000 #endif // 0
7001 }
7002
7003
7004 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7005 {
7006     int row = coords.GetRow();
7007     int col = coords.GetCol();
7008     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7009         return;
7010
7011     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7012
7013     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7014
7015     // right hand border
7016     //
7017     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7018                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7019
7020     // bottom border
7021     //
7022     dc.DrawLine( rect.x,              rect.y + rect.height,
7023                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7024 }
7025
7026 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc,const  wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7027 {
7028     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7029     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7030     //
7031     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
7032          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7033     {
7034         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7035     }
7036
7037     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7038     {
7039         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7040         return;
7041     }
7042
7043     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7044     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7045     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7046     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7047     {
7048         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7049         {
7050             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7051             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7052             attr->DecRef();
7053
7054             break;
7055         }
7056     }
7057 }
7058
7059 // TODO: remove this ???
7060 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7061 // has been changed
7062 //
7063 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7064 {
7065 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7066     return;
7067 #endif
7068
7069     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ||
7070          !m_numRows ||
7071          !m_numCols ) return;
7072
7073     int top, bottom, left, right;
7074
7075 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7076     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7077     {
7078       int cw, ch;
7079       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7080
7081       // virtual coords of visible area
7082       //
7083       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7084       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7085     }
7086     else
7087     {
7088       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7089       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7090       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7091       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7092     }
7093 #else
7094       int cw, ch;
7095       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7096       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7097       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7098 #endif
7099
7100     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7101     //
7102     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) );
7103     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7104
7105     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7106     int leftCol   = internalXToCol(left);
7107     int topRow    = internalYToRow(top);
7108     int rightCol  = internalXToCol(right);
7109     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7110     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7111
7112
7113     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7114     wxRect rect;
7115
7116     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7117     {
7118         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7119         {
7120             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7121             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7122             {
7123                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7124                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7125                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7126             }
7127             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7128             {
7129                 rect = CellToRect(j+cell_rows, i+cell_cols);
7130                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7131                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7132             }
7133         }
7134     }
7135     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7136
7137     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7138
7139     // horizontal grid lines
7140     //
7141     // already declared above - int i;
7142     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7143     {
7144         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7145
7146         if ( bot > bottom )
7147         {
7148             break;
7149         }
7150
7151         if ( bot >= top )
7152         {
7153             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7154         }
7155     }
7156
7157
7158     // vertical grid lines
7159     //
7160     for ( i = internalXToCol(left); i < m_numCols; i++ )
7161     {
7162         int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1;
7163         if ( colRight > right )
7164         {
7165             break;
7166         }
7167
7168         if ( colRight >= left )
7169         {
7170             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7171         }
7172     }
7173     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7174 }
7175
7176
7177 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc ,const wxArrayInt& rows)
7178 {
7179     if ( !m_numRows ) return;
7180
7181     size_t i;
7182     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7183
7184     for ( i = 0;  i < numLabels;  i++ )
7185     {
7186         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7187     }
7188 }
7189
7190
7191 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7192 {
7193     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7194         return;
7195
7196     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7197         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7198
7199     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) );
7200     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop,
7201                  m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom );
7202
7203     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7204
7205     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7206
7207     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7208     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7209     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop );
7210
7211     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7212     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7213     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7214
7215     int hAlign, vAlign;
7216     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7217
7218     wxRect rect;
7219     rect.SetX( 2 );
7220     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7221     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7222     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7223     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7224 }
7225
7226
7227 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7228 {
7229     if ( !m_numCols ) return;
7230
7231     size_t i;
7232     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7233
7234     for ( i = 0;  i < numLabels;  i++ )
7235     {
7236         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7237     }
7238 }
7239
7240
7241 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7242 {
7243     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 )
7244         return;
7245
7246     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col),
7247         colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7248
7249     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) );
7250     dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0,
7251                  colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
7252
7253     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7254
7255     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1,
7256                  colRight+1, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
7257
7258     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7259     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
7260     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7261
7262     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7263     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7264     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7265
7266     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7267     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7268     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7269
7270     wxRect rect;
7271     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7272     rect.SetY( 2 );
7273     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7274     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7275     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7276 }
7277
7278 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7279                                 const wxString& value,
7280                                 const wxRect& rect,
7281                                 int horizAlign,
7282                                 int vertAlign,
7283                                 int textOrientation )
7284 {
7285     wxArrayString lines;
7286
7287     StringToLines( value, lines );
7288
7289
7290     //Forward to new API.
7291     DrawTextRectangle(  dc,
7292         lines,
7293         rect,
7294         horizAlign,
7295         vertAlign,
7296         textOrientation );
7297
7298 }
7299
7300 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7301                                const wxArrayString& lines,
7302                                const wxRect& rect,
7303                                int horizAlign,
7304                                int vertAlign,
7305                                int textOrientation )
7306 {
7307     long textWidth, textHeight;
7308     long lineWidth, lineHeight;
7309     int nLines;
7310
7311     dc.SetClippingRegion( rect );
7312
7313     nLines = lines.GetCount();
7314     if( nLines > 0 )
7315     {
7316         int l;
7317         float x = 0.0, y = 0.0;
7318
7319         if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7320             GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight);
7321         else
7322             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
7323
7324         switch( vertAlign )
7325         {
7326         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
7327             if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7328                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
7329             else
7330                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
7331             break;
7332
7333         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7334             if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7335                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight)/2);
7336             else
7337                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth)/2);
7338             break;
7339
7340         case wxALIGN_TOP:
7341         default:
7342             if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7343                 y = rect.y + 1;
7344             else
7345                 x = rect.x + 1;
7346             break;
7347         }
7348
7349         // Align each line of a multi-line label
7350         for( l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
7351         {
7352             dc.GetTextExtent(lines[l], &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
7353
7354             switch( horizAlign )
7355             {
7356             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
7357                 if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7358                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
7359                 else
7360                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
7361                 break;
7362
7363             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7364                 if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7365                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth)/2);
7366                 else
7367                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth)/2);
7368                 break;
7369
7370             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
7371             default:
7372                 if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7373                     x = rect.x + 1;
7374                 else
7375                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7376                 break;
7377             }
7378
7379             if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7380             {
7381                 dc.DrawText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y );
7382                 y += lineHeight;
7383             }
7384             else
7385             {
7386                 dc.DrawRotatedText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y, 90.0 );
7387                 x += lineHeight;
7388             }
7389         }
7390     }
7391     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7392 }
7393
7394
7395 // Split multi line text up into an array of strings.  Any existing
7396 // contents of the string array are preserved.
7397 //
7398 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines )
7399 {
7400     int startPos = 0;
7401     int pos;
7402     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
7403     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
7404
7405     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.Length() )
7406     {
7407         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
7408         if ( pos < 0 )
7409         {
7410             break;
7411         }
7412         else if ( pos == 0 )
7413         {
7414             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
7415         }
7416         else
7417         {
7418             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
7419         }
7420         startPos += pos+1;
7421     }
7422     if ( startPos < (int)value.Length() )
7423     {
7424         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
7425     }
7426 }
7427
7428
7429 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( wxDC& dc,
7430                              const wxArrayString& lines,
7431                              long *width, long *height )
7432 {
7433     long w = 0;
7434     long h = 0;
7435     long lineW, lineH;
7436
7437     size_t i;
7438     for ( i = 0;  i < lines.GetCount();  i++ )
7439     {
7440         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
7441         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
7442         h += lineH;
7443     }
7444
7445     *width = w;
7446     *height = h;
7447 }
7448
7449 //
7450 // ------ Batch processing.
7451 //
7452 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
7453 {
7454     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
7455     {
7456         m_batchCount--;
7457         if ( !m_batchCount )
7458         {
7459             CalcDimensions();
7460             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7461             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7462             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
7463             m_gridWin->Refresh();
7464         }
7465     }
7466 }
7467
7468 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
7469 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
7470 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
7471 //
7472 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
7473 {
7474     BeginBatch();
7475     EndBatch();
7476 }
7477
7478
7479 //
7480 // ------ Edit control functions
7481 //
7482
7483
7484 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
7485 {
7486     // TODO: improve this ?
7487     //
7488     if ( edit != m_editable )
7489     {
7490         if(!edit) EnableCellEditControl(edit);
7491         m_editable = edit;
7492     }
7493 }
7494
7495
7496 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
7497 {
7498     if (! m_editable)
7499         return;
7500
7501     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7502         SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7503
7504     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7505     {
7506         if ( enable )
7507         {
7508             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
7509                 return;
7510
7511             // this should be checked by the caller!
7512             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(),
7513                           _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
7514
7515             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
7516             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7517
7518             ShowCellEditControl();
7519         }
7520         else
7521         {
7522             //FIXME:add veto support
7523             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN);
7524
7525             HideCellEditControl();
7526             SaveEditControlValue();
7527
7528             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
7529             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7530         }
7531     }
7532 }
7533
7534 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
7535 {
7536     // const_cast
7537     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7538     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
7539     attr->DecRef();
7540
7541     return readonly;
7542 }
7543
7544 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
7545 {
7546     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
7547         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
7548
7549 }
7550
7551 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
7552 {
7553     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
7554     // current one if it's read only
7555     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
7556 }
7557
7558 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
7559 {
7560     bool isShown = false;
7561
7562     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7563     {
7564         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7565         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7566         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7567         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
7568         attr->DecRef();
7569
7570         if ( editor )
7571         {
7572             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
7573             {
7574                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
7575             }
7576
7577             editor->DecRef();
7578         }
7579     }
7580
7581     return isShown;
7582 }
7583
7584 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
7585 {
7586     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7587     {
7588         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords ) )
7589         {
7590             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
7591             return;
7592         }
7593         else
7594         {
7595             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
7596             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7597             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7598
7599             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
7600             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
7601             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7602             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7603             {
7604                 row += cell_rows;
7605                 col += cell_cols;
7606                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
7607                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
7608             }
7609
7610             // convert to scrolled coords
7611             //
7612             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7613
7614             // done in PaintBackground()
7615 #if 0
7616             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
7617             // might not cover the entire cell
7618             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7619             PrepareDC( dc );
7620             dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
7621             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
7622             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7623 #endif // 0
7624
7625             // cell is shifted by one pixel
7626             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
7627             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
7628             // "don't change."
7629             if (rect.x > 0)
7630                 rect.x--;
7631             if (rect.y > 0)
7632                 rect.y--;
7633
7634             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7635             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7636             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
7637             {
7638                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
7639                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
7640
7641                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
7642                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
7643                                              this,
7644                                              row,
7645                                              col,
7646                                              editor->GetControl());
7647                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
7648             }
7649
7650
7651             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
7652             int maxWidth = rect.width;
7653             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
7654             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
7655             {
7656                 int y;
7657                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y,
7658                         NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
7659                 if (maxWidth < rect.width) maxWidth = rect.width;
7660             }
7661             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
7662             if (rect.x+maxWidth > client_right)
7663                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
7664
7665             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
7666             {
7667                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7668                 // may have changed earlier
7669                 for (int i = col+cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
7670                 {
7671                     int c_rows, c_cols;
7672                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
7673                     // looks weird going over a multicell
7674                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell(row,i) &&
7675                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
7676                         rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
7677                     else
7678                         break;
7679                 }
7680                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
7681                     rect.SetRight(client_right-1);
7682             }
7683
7684             editor->SetCellAttr(attr);
7685             editor->SetSize( rect );
7686             editor->Show( true, attr );
7687
7688             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
7689             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
7690             CalcDimensions();
7691
7692             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
7693             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
7694
7695             editor->DecRef();
7696             attr->DecRef();
7697         }
7698     }
7699 }
7700
7701
7702 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
7703 {
7704     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7705     {
7706         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7707         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7708
7709         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7710         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7711         editor->Show( false );
7712         editor->DecRef();
7713         attr->DecRef();
7714         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
7715         // refresh whole row to the right
7716         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
7717         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7718         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
7719         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7720     }
7721 }
7722
7723
7724 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
7725 {
7726     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7727     {
7728         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7729         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7730
7731         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row,col);
7732
7733         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7734         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7735         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
7736
7737         editor->DecRef();
7738         attr->DecRef();
7739
7740         if (changed)
7741         {
7742             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
7743                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7744                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 ) {
7745
7746                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
7747                 SetCellValue(row,col,oldval);
7748             }
7749         }
7750     }
7751 }
7752
7753
7754 //
7755 // ------ Grid location functions
7756 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
7757 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
7758 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
7759 //
7760
7761 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7762 {
7763     int row = YToRow(y);
7764     int col = XToCol(x);
7765
7766     if ( row == -1  ||  col == -1 )
7767     {
7768         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7769     }
7770     else
7771     {
7772         coords.Set( row, col );
7773     }
7774 }
7775
7776
7777 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
7778 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
7779 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
7780 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
7781
7782 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
7783                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
7784                            bool clipToMinMax)
7785 {
7786
7787     if (coord < 0)
7788         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
7789
7790
7791     if (!defaultDist)
7792         defaultDist = 1;
7793
7794     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
7795            i_min = 0;
7796
7797     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
7798     {
7799         if((int) i_max < nMax)
7800             return i_max;
7801         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
7802     }
7803
7804     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
7805         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
7806     else
7807     {
7808         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
7809         {
7810             i_min = i_max;
7811             if (minDist)
7812                 i_max = coord / minDist;
7813             else
7814                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
7815         }
7816         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
7817             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
7818     }
7819     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
7820         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
7821     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
7822         return 0;
7823
7824     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
7825     {
7826         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
7827                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
7828         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
7829             return i_max;
7830         else
7831             i_max--;
7832         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
7833         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
7834             i_max = median;
7835         else
7836             i_min = median;
7837     }
7838     return i_max;
7839 }
7840
7841 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y )
7842 {
7843     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
7844                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
7845 }
7846
7847
7848 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x )
7849 {
7850     return CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth,
7851                            m_minAcceptableColWidth, m_colRights, m_numCols, false);
7852 }
7853
7854
7855 // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or
7856 // -1 if not near an edge
7857 //
7858 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y )
7859 {
7860     int i;
7861     i = internalYToRow(y);
7862
7863     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
7864     {
7865         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
7866         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
7867         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
7868             return i;
7869         else if( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
7870             return i - 1;
7871     }
7872
7873     return -1;
7874 }
7875
7876
7877 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
7878 // -1 if not near an edge
7879 //
7880 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x )
7881 {
7882     int i;
7883     i = internalXToCol(x);
7884
7885     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
7886     {
7887         // We know that we are in column i,  test whether we are
7888         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
7889         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
7890             return i;
7891         else if( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
7892             return i - 1;
7893     }
7894
7895     return -1;
7896 }
7897
7898
7899 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col )
7900 {
7901     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
7902
7903     if ( row >= 0  &&  row < m_numRows  &&
7904          col >= 0  &&  col < m_numCols )
7905     {
7906         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7907         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
7908         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7909         // if negative then find multicell owner
7910         if (cell_rows < 0) row += cell_rows;
7911         if (cell_cols < 0) col += cell_cols;
7912         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7913
7914         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
7915         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
7916         for (i=col; i<col+cell_cols; i++)
7917             rect.width  += GetColWidth(i);
7918         for (i=row; i<row+cell_rows; i++)
7919             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
7920     }
7921
7922     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
7923     if (m_gridLinesEnabled) {
7924         rect.width -= 1;
7925         rect.height -= 1;
7926     }
7927     return rect;
7928 }
7929
7930
7931 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible )
7932 {
7933     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
7934     //
7935     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
7936
7937     // convert to device coords
7938     //
7939     int left, top, right, bottom;
7940     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
7941     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
7942
7943     // check against the client area of the grid window
7944     //
7945     int cw, ch;
7946     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7947
7948     if ( wholeCellVisible )
7949     {
7950         // is the cell wholly visible ?
7951         //
7952         return ( left >= 0  &&  right <= cw  &&
7953                  top >= 0  &&  bottom <= ch );
7954     }
7955     else
7956     {
7957         // is the cell partly visible ?
7958         //
7959         return ( ((left >=0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw))  &&
7960                  ((top >=0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
7961     }
7962 }
7963
7964
7965 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
7966 // of scrolling
7967 //
7968 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
7969 {
7970
7971     int i;
7972     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
7973
7974     if ( row >= 0  &&  row < m_numRows  &&
7975          col >= 0  &&  col < m_numCols )
7976     {
7977         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
7978         //
7979         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
7980
7981         // convert to device coords
7982         //
7983         int left, top, right, bottom;
7984         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
7985         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
7986
7987         int cw, ch;
7988         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7989
7990         if ( top < 0 )
7991         {
7992             ypos = r.GetTop();
7993         }
7994         else if ( bottom > ch )
7995         {
7996             int h = r.GetHeight();
7997             ypos = r.GetTop();
7998             for ( i = row-1;  i >= 0;  i-- )
7999             {
8000                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8001                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8002                     break;
8003
8004                 h += rowHeight;
8005                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8006             }
8007
8008             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8009             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, we
8010             // might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8011             //
8012             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE/2 is not enough, so just add a full
8013             // scroll unit...
8014             ypos += GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
8015         }
8016
8017         if ( left < 0 )
8018         {
8019             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8020         }
8021         else if ( right > cw )
8022         {
8023             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8024             int x0, y0;
8025             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8026             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8027
8028             // see comment for ypos above
8029             xpos += GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
8030         }
8031
8032         if ( xpos != -1  ||  ypos != -1 )
8033         {
8034             if ( xpos != -1 )
8035                 xpos /= GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
8036             if ( ypos != -1 )
8037                 ypos /= GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
8038             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8039             AdjustScrollbars();
8040         }
8041     }
8042 }
8043
8044
8045 //
8046 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8047 //
8048
8049 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8050 {
8051     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8052          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8053     {
8054         if ( expandSelection)
8055         {
8056             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8057                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8058             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8059             {
8060                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8061                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8062                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8063                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8064             }
8065         }
8066         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8067         {
8068             ClearSelection();
8069             MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1,
8070                              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8071             SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1,
8072                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8073         }
8074         else
8075             return false;
8076         return true;
8077     }
8078
8079     return false;
8080 }
8081
8082
8083 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8084 {
8085     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8086          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8087     {
8088         if ( expandSelection )
8089         {
8090             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8091                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8092             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 )
8093             {
8094                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8095                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8096                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8097                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8098             }
8099         }
8100         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8101         {
8102             ClearSelection();
8103             MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1,
8104                              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8105             SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1,
8106                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8107         }
8108         else
8109             return false;
8110         return true;
8111     }
8112
8113     return false;
8114 }
8115
8116
8117 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8118 {
8119     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8120          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8121     {
8122         if ( expandSelection )
8123         {
8124             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8125                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8126             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8127             {
8128                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8129                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8130                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8131                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8132             }
8133         }
8134         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8135         {
8136             ClearSelection();
8137             MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8138                              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 );
8139             SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8140                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 );
8141         }
8142         else
8143             return false;
8144         return true;
8145     }
8146
8147     return false;
8148 }
8149
8150
8151 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8152 {
8153     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8154          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8155     {
8156         if ( expandSelection )
8157         {
8158             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8159                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8160             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8161             {
8162                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8163                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8164                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8165                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8166             }
8167         }
8168         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8169         {
8170             ClearSelection();
8171             MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8172                              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 );
8173             SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8174                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 );
8175         }
8176         else
8177             return false;
8178         return true;
8179     }
8180
8181     return false;
8182 }
8183
8184
8185 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8186 {
8187     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return false;
8188
8189     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8190     if ( row > 0 )
8191     {
8192         int cw, ch;
8193         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8194
8195         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8196         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
8197
8198         if ( newRow == row )
8199         {
8200             //row > 0 , so newrow can never be less than 0 here.
8201             newRow = row - 1;
8202         }
8203
8204         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8205         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8206
8207         return true;
8208     }
8209
8210     return false;
8211 }
8212
8213 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
8214 {
8215     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return false;
8216
8217     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8218     if ( (row+1) < m_numRows )
8219     {
8220         int cw, ch;
8221         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8222
8223         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8224         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
8225         if ( newRow == row )
8226         {
8227             // row < m_numRows , so newrow can't overflow here.
8228             newRow = row + 1;
8229         }
8230
8231         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8232         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8233
8234         return true;
8235     }
8236
8237     return false;
8238 }
8239
8240 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
8241 {
8242     if ( m_table &&
8243          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8244          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8245     {
8246         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8247         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8248
8249         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8250         {
8251             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8252             // non-empty cells
8253             //
8254             while ( row > 0 )
8255             {
8256                 row-- ;
8257                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8258             }
8259         }
8260         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row-1, col) )
8261         {
8262             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
8263             //
8264             row--;
8265             while ( row > 0 )
8266             {
8267                 row-- ;
8268                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8269             }
8270         }
8271         else
8272         {
8273             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
8274             //
8275             while ( row > 0 )
8276             {
8277                 row-- ;
8278                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8279                 {
8280                     row++ ;
8281                     break;
8282                 }
8283             }
8284         }
8285
8286         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8287         if ( expandSelection )
8288         {
8289             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8290             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8291         }
8292         else
8293         {
8294             ClearSelection();
8295             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8296         }
8297         return true;
8298     }
8299
8300     return false;
8301 }
8302
8303 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
8304 {
8305     if ( m_table &&
8306          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8307          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 )
8308     {
8309         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8310         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8311
8312         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8313         {
8314             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8315             // non-empty cells
8316             //
8317             while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
8318             {
8319                 row++ ;
8320                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8321             }
8322         }
8323         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+1, col) )
8324         {
8325             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
8326             //
8327             row++;
8328             while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
8329             {
8330                 row++ ;
8331                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8332             }
8333         }
8334         else
8335         {
8336             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
8337             //
8338             while ( row < m_numRows-1 )
8339             {
8340                 row++ ;
8341                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8342                 {
8343                     row-- ;
8344                     break;
8345                 }
8346             }
8347         }
8348
8349         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8350         if ( expandSelection )
8351         {
8352             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8353             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8354         }
8355         else
8356         {
8357             ClearSelection();
8358             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8359         }
8360
8361         return true;
8362     }
8363
8364     return false;
8365 }
8366
8367 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
8368 {
8369     if ( m_table &&
8370          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8371          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8372     {
8373         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8374         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8375
8376         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8377         {
8378             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8379             // non-empty cells
8380             //
8381             while ( col > 0 )
8382             {
8383                 col-- ;
8384                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8385             }
8386         }
8387         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col-1) )
8388         {
8389             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
8390             //
8391             col--;
8392             while ( col > 0 )
8393             {
8394                 col-- ;
8395                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8396             }
8397         }
8398         else
8399         {
8400             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
8401             //
8402             while ( col > 0 )
8403             {
8404                 col-- ;
8405                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8406                 {
8407                     col++ ;
8408                     break;
8409                 }
8410             }
8411         }
8412
8413         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8414         if ( expandSelection )
8415         {
8416             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8417             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8418         }
8419         else
8420         {
8421             ClearSelection();
8422             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8423         }
8424
8425         return true;
8426     }
8427
8428     return false;
8429 }
8430
8431 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
8432 {
8433     if ( m_table &&
8434          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords  &&
8435          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols-1 )
8436     {
8437         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8438         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8439
8440         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8441         {
8442             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8443             // non-empty cells
8444             //
8445             while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
8446             {
8447                 col++ ;
8448                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8449             }
8450         }
8451         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col+1) )
8452         {
8453             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
8454             //
8455             col++;
8456             while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
8457             {
8458                 col++ ;
8459                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break;
8460             }
8461         }
8462         else
8463         {
8464             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
8465             //
8466             while ( col < m_numCols-1 )
8467             {
8468                 col++ ;
8469                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8470                 {
8471                     col-- ;
8472                     break;
8473                 }
8474             }
8475         }
8476
8477         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8478         if ( expandSelection )
8479         {
8480             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8481             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8482         }
8483         else
8484         {
8485             ClearSelection();
8486             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8487         }
8488
8489         return true;
8490     }
8491
8492     return false;
8493 }
8494
8495
8496
8497 //
8498 // ------ Label values and formatting
8499 //
8500
8501 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8502 {
8503     *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
8504     *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
8505 }
8506
8507 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8508 {
8509     *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
8510     *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
8511 }
8512
8513 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation()
8514 {
8515     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
8516 }
8517
8518 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
8519 {
8520     if ( m_table )
8521     {
8522         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
8523     }
8524     else
8525     {
8526         wxString s;
8527         s << row;
8528         return s;
8529     }
8530 }
8531
8532 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col )
8533 {
8534     if ( m_table )
8535     {
8536         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
8537     }
8538     else
8539     {
8540         wxString s;
8541         s << col;
8542         return s;
8543     }
8544 }
8545
8546
8547 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
8548 {
8549     width = wxMax( width, 0 );
8550     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
8551     {
8552         if ( width == 0 )
8553         {
8554             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
8555             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8556         }
8557         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
8558         {
8559             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
8560             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8561         }
8562
8563         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
8564         CalcWindowSizes();
8565         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8566     }
8567 }
8568
8569
8570 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
8571 {
8572     height = wxMax( height, 0 );
8573     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
8574     {
8575         if ( height == 0 )
8576         {
8577             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
8578             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8579         }
8580         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
8581         {
8582             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
8583             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8584         }
8585
8586         m_colLabelHeight = height;
8587         CalcWindowSizes();
8588         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8589     }
8590 }
8591
8592
8593 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
8594 {
8595     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
8596     {
8597         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
8598         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8599         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8600         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8601
8602         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8603         {
8604             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8605             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8606             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8607         }
8608     }
8609 }
8610
8611 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
8612 {
8613     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
8614     {
8615         m_labelTextColour = colour;
8616         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8617         {
8618             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8619             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8620         }
8621     }
8622 }
8623
8624 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
8625 {
8626     m_labelFont = font;
8627     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8628     {
8629         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8630         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8631     }
8632 }
8633
8634 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8635 {
8636     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8637     switch ( horiz )
8638     {
8639         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8640         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8641         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8642     }
8643
8644     switch ( vert )
8645     {
8646         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8647         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8648         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8649     }
8650
8651     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8652     {
8653         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8654     }
8655
8656     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8657     {
8658         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
8659     }
8660
8661     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8662     {
8663         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8664     }
8665 }
8666
8667 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8668 {
8669     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8670     switch ( horiz )
8671     {
8672         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8673         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8674         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8675     }
8676
8677     switch ( vert )
8678     {
8679         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8680         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8681         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8682     }
8683
8684     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8685     {
8686         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8687     }
8688
8689     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8690     {
8691         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
8692     }
8693
8694     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8695     {
8696         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8697     }
8698 }
8699
8700 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
8701 //       does not support vertical printing
8702 //
8703 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
8704 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
8705 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
8706 //
8707 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
8708 {
8709     if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
8710     {
8711         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
8712     }
8713
8714     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8715     {
8716         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8717     }
8718 }
8719
8720 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
8721 {
8722     if ( m_table )
8723     {
8724         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
8725         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8726         {
8727             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0);
8728             if ( rect.height > 0 )
8729             {
8730                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
8731                 rect.x = 0;
8732                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
8733                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
8734             }
8735         }
8736     }
8737 }
8738
8739 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
8740 {
8741     if ( m_table )
8742     {
8743         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
8744         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8745         {
8746             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
8747             if ( rect.width > 0 )
8748             {
8749                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
8750                 rect.y = 0;
8751                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
8752                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
8753             }
8754         }
8755     }
8756 }
8757
8758 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
8759 {
8760     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
8761     {
8762         m_gridLineColour = colour;
8763
8764         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8765         PrepareDC( dc );
8766         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
8767     }
8768 }
8769
8770
8771 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
8772 {
8773     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
8774     {
8775         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
8776
8777         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8778         PrepareDC( dc );
8779         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8780         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
8781         attr->DecRef();
8782     }
8783 }
8784
8785 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
8786 {
8787     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) {
8788         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
8789
8790         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
8791         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
8792         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8793         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8794         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
8795             return;
8796         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
8797         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
8798     }
8799 }
8800
8801 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
8802 {
8803     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) {
8804         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
8805
8806         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
8807         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
8808         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8809         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8810         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
8811             return;
8812         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
8813         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
8814     }
8815 }
8816
8817 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
8818 {
8819     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
8820     {
8821         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
8822
8823         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8824         {
8825             if ( enable )
8826             {
8827                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8828                 PrepareDC( dc );
8829                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
8830             }
8831             else
8832             {
8833                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
8834             }
8835         }
8836     }
8837 }
8838
8839
8840 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize()
8841 {
8842     return m_defaultRowHeight;
8843 }
8844
8845 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row )
8846 {
8847     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
8848
8849     return GetRowHeight(row);
8850 }
8851
8852 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize()
8853 {
8854     return m_defaultColWidth;
8855 }
8856
8857 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col )
8858 {
8859     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
8860
8861     return GetColWidth(col);
8862 }
8863
8864 // ============================================================================
8865 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
8866 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
8867 // ============================================================================
8868
8869 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8870 // setting default attributes
8871 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8872
8873 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
8874 {
8875     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
8876 #ifdef __WXGTK__
8877     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
8878 #endif
8879 }
8880
8881 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
8882 {
8883     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
8884 }
8885
8886 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8887 {
8888     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
8889 }
8890
8891 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
8892 {
8893     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
8894 }
8895
8896 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
8897 {
8898     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
8899 }
8900
8901
8902 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
8903 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
8904 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
8905 // work correctly.
8906
8907 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
8908 {
8909     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
8910                      renderer,
8911                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
8912 }
8913
8914 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
8915 {
8916     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
8917                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
8918                      editor);
8919 }
8920
8921 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8922 // access to the default attrbiutes
8923 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8924
8925 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()
8926 {
8927     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
8928 }
8929
8930 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour()
8931 {
8932     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
8933 }
8934
8935 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont()
8936 {
8937     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
8938 }
8939
8940 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8941 {
8942     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
8943 }
8944
8945 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow()
8946 {
8947     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
8948 }
8949
8950 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
8951 {
8952     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
8953 }
8954
8955 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
8956 {
8957     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL,0,0);
8958 }
8959
8960 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8961 // access to cell attributes
8962 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8963
8964 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col)
8965 {
8966     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8967     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
8968     attr->DecRef();
8969     return colour;
8970 }
8971
8972 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col )
8973 {
8974     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8975     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
8976     attr->DecRef();
8977     return colour;
8978 }
8979
8980 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col )
8981 {
8982     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8983     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
8984     attr->DecRef();
8985     return font;
8986 }
8987
8988 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert )
8989 {
8990     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8991     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
8992     attr->DecRef();
8993 }
8994
8995 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col )
8996 {
8997     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8998     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
8999     attr->DecRef();
9000     return allow;
9001 }
9002
9003 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols )
9004 {
9005     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9006     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9007     attr->DecRef();
9008 }
9009
9010 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col)
9011 {
9012     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9013     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9014     attr->DecRef();
9015
9016     return renderer;
9017 }
9018
9019 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col)
9020 {
9021     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9022     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9023     attr->DecRef();
9024
9025     return editor;
9026 }
9027
9028 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9029 {
9030     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9031     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9032     attr->DecRef();
9033     return isReadOnly;
9034 }
9035
9036 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9037 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9038 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9039
9040 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes()
9041 {
9042     if ( !m_table )
9043     {
9044         return false;
9045     }
9046
9047     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9048 }
9049
9050 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9051 {
9052     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9053     {
9054         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9055         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9056         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9057     }
9058 }
9059
9060 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9061 {
9062     if ( attr != NULL )
9063     {
9064         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9065
9066         self->ClearAttrCache();
9067         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9068         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9069         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9070         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9071     }
9072 }
9073
9074 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9075 {
9076     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9077     {
9078         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9079         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9080
9081 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9082         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9083 #endif
9084
9085         return true;
9086     }
9087     else
9088     {
9089 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9090         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9091 #endif
9092         return false;
9093     }
9094 }
9095
9096 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9097 {
9098     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9099     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9100     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9101     if ( row >= 0 )
9102     {
9103         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9104         {
9105             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col , wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9106                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9107             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9108         }
9109     }
9110     if (attr)
9111     {
9112         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9113     }
9114     else
9115     {
9116         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9117         attr->IncRef();
9118     }
9119
9120     return attr;
9121 }
9122
9123 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9124 {
9125     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9126     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9127
9128     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9129     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9130
9131     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9132     if ( !attr )
9133     {
9134         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9135
9136         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9137         attr->IncRef();
9138         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9139     }
9140
9141     return attr;
9142 }
9143
9144 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9145 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9146 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9147
9148 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9149 {
9150     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9151 }
9152
9153 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9154 {
9155     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9156 }
9157
9158 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9159 {
9160     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9161     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9162     {
9163         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9164     }
9165
9166     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
9167 }
9168
9169 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
9170 {
9171     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
9172     if(!attr)
9173         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
9174     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9175     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9176
9177     SetColAttr(col, attr);
9178
9179 }
9180
9181 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9182 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
9183 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9184
9185 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9186 {
9187     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9188     {
9189         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9190         ClearAttrCache();
9191     }
9192     else
9193     {
9194         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9195     }
9196 }
9197
9198 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9199 {
9200     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9201     {
9202         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
9203         ClearAttrCache();
9204     }
9205     else
9206     {
9207         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9208     }
9209 }
9210
9211 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9212 {
9213     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9214     {
9215         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
9216         ClearAttrCache();
9217     }
9218     else
9219     {
9220         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9221     }
9222 }
9223
9224 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9225 {
9226     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9227     {
9228         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9229         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
9230         attr->DecRef();
9231     }
9232 }
9233
9234 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9235 {
9236     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9237     {
9238         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9239         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
9240         attr->DecRef();
9241     }
9242 }
9243
9244 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
9245 {
9246     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9247     {
9248         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9249         attr->SetFont(font);
9250         attr->DecRef();
9251     }
9252 }
9253
9254 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
9255 {
9256     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9257     {
9258         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9259         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9260         attr->DecRef();
9261     }
9262 }
9263
9264 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
9265 {
9266     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9267     {
9268         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9269         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
9270         attr->DecRef();
9271     }
9272 }
9273
9274 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
9275 {
9276     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9277     {
9278         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
9279
9280         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9281         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
9282         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
9283         attr->DecRef();
9284
9285         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
9286         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
9287         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
9288         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
9289         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
9290                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
9291         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
9292                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
9293
9294         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
9295         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
9296         {
9297             int i, j;
9298             for (j=row; j<row+cell_rows; j++)
9299             {
9300                 for (i=col; i<col+cell_cols; i++)
9301                 {
9302                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9303                     {
9304                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9305                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
9306                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9307                     }
9308                 }
9309             }
9310         }
9311
9312         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
9313         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
9314         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
9315         {
9316             int i, j;
9317             for (j=row; j<row+num_rows; j++)
9318             {
9319                 for (i=col; i<col+num_cols; i++)
9320                 {
9321                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9322                     {
9323                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9324                         attr_stub->SetSize( row-j, col-i );
9325                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9326                     }
9327                 }
9328             }
9329         }
9330     }
9331 }
9332
9333 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9334 {
9335     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9336     {
9337         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9338         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9339         attr->DecRef();
9340     }
9341 }
9342
9343 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9344 {
9345     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9346     {
9347         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9348         attr->SetEditor(editor);
9349         attr->DecRef();
9350     }
9351 }
9352
9353 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
9354 {
9355     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9356     {
9357         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9358         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
9359         attr->DecRef();
9360     }
9361 }
9362
9363 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9364 // Data type registration
9365 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9366
9367 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
9368                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
9369                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9370 {
9371     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
9372 }
9373
9374
9375 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
9376 {
9377     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9378     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
9379 }
9380
9381 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
9382 {
9383     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9384     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9385 }
9386
9387 wxGridCellEditor*
9388 wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9389 {
9390     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9391     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9392     {
9393         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name"));
9394
9395         return NULL;
9396     }
9397
9398     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
9399 }
9400
9401 wxGridCellRenderer*
9402 wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9403 {
9404     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9405     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9406     {
9407         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name"));
9408
9409         return NULL;
9410     }
9411
9412     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
9413 }
9414
9415
9416 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9417 // row/col size
9418 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9419
9420 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
9421 {
9422     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
9423 }
9424
9425
9426 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
9427 {
9428     m_canDragColSize = enable;
9429 }
9430
9431 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
9432 {
9433     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
9434 }
9435
9436 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
9437 {
9438     m_canDragCell = enable;
9439 }
9440
9441 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
9442 {
9443     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
9444
9445     if ( resizeExistingRows )
9446     {
9447         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
9448         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
9449         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9450         // some speed optimisations)
9451         m_rowHeights.Empty();
9452         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
9453         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9454             CalcDimensions();
9455     }
9456 }
9457
9458 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
9459 {
9460     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
9461
9462     // See comment in SetColSize
9463     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) { return; }
9464
9465     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
9466     {
9467         // need to really create the array
9468         InitRowHeights();
9469     }
9470
9471     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
9472     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
9473
9474     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
9475     int i;
9476     for ( i = row;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
9477     {
9478         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
9479     }
9480     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9481         CalcDimensions();
9482 }
9483
9484 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
9485 {
9486     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth );
9487
9488     if ( resizeExistingCols )
9489     {
9490         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
9491         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
9492         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9493         // some speed optimisations)
9494         m_colWidths.Empty();
9495         m_colRights.Empty();
9496         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9497             CalcDimensions();
9498     }
9499 }
9500
9501 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
9502 {
9503     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
9504
9505     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
9506     //                                                                 (VZ)
9507     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
9508     // what he is doing. However whe should test against the weaker
9509     // constariant of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
9510     //
9511     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
9512
9513     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) { return; }
9514
9515     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
9516     {
9517         // need to really create the array
9518         InitColWidths();
9519     }
9520
9521     // if < 0 calc new width from label
9522     if( width < 0 )
9523     {
9524       long w, h;
9525       wxArrayString lines;
9526       wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
9527       dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
9528       StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
9529       GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
9530       width = w + 6;
9531     }
9532     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
9533     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
9534     m_colWidths[col] = w;
9535
9536     int i;
9537     for ( i = col;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
9538     {
9539         m_colRights[i] += diff;
9540     }
9541     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9542         CalcDimensions();
9543 }
9544
9545
9546 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
9547 {
9548     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) {
9549         m_colMinWidths[col] = width;
9550     }
9551 }
9552
9553 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
9554 {
9555     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) {
9556        m_rowMinHeights[row] = width;
9557     }
9558 }
9559
9560 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
9561 {
9562     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(col);
9563     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9564 }
9565
9566 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
9567 {
9568     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(row);
9569     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9570 }
9571
9572 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
9573 {
9574     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
9575     // an easy way to temporarily hidding columns.
9576     if ( width<0 )
9577         return;
9578     m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
9579 }
9580
9581 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
9582 {
9583     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
9584     // an easy way to temporarily hidding rows.
9585     if ( height<0 )
9586         return;
9587     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
9588 };
9589
9590 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
9591 {
9592     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9593 }
9594
9595 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
9596 {
9597     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9598 }
9599
9600 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9601 // auto sizing
9602 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9603
9604 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column )
9605 {
9606     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
9607
9608     //Cancel editting of cell
9609     HideCellEditControl();
9610     SaveEditControlValue();
9611
9612     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if weo nly need one
9613     int row = -1,
9614         col = -1;
9615     if ( column )
9616         col = colOrRow;
9617     else
9618         row = colOrRow;
9619
9620     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
9621     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
9622     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
9623     {
9624         if ( column )
9625             row = rowOrCol;
9626         else
9627             col = rowOrCol;
9628
9629         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9630         wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9631         if ( renderer )
9632         {
9633             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
9634             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
9635             if ( extent > extentMax )
9636             {
9637                 extentMax = extent;
9638             }
9639
9640             renderer->DecRef();
9641         }
9642
9643         attr->DecRef();
9644     }
9645
9646     // now also compare with the column label extent
9647     wxCoord w, h;
9648     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
9649
9650     if ( column )
9651     {
9652         dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
9653         if( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
9654             w = h;
9655     }
9656     else
9657         dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
9658
9659     extent = column ? w : h;
9660     if ( extent > extentMax )
9661     {
9662         extentMax = extent;
9663     }
9664
9665     if ( !extentMax )
9666     {
9667         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
9668         // than default extent but != 0, it's ok)
9669         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
9670     }
9671     else
9672     {
9673         if ( column )
9674         {
9675             // leave some space around text
9676             extentMax += 10;
9677         }
9678         else
9679         {
9680             extentMax += 6;
9681         }
9682     }
9683
9684     if ( column )
9685     {
9686         SetColSize(col, extentMax);
9687         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9688         {
9689             int cw, ch, dummy;
9690             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9691             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
9692             rect.y = 0;
9693             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
9694             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
9695             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9696             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9697         }
9698     }
9699     else
9700     {
9701         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
9702         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9703         {
9704             int cw, ch, dummy;
9705             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9706             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
9707             rect.x = 0;
9708             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
9709             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9710             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
9711             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9712         }
9713     }
9714     if ( setAsMin )
9715     {
9716         if ( column )
9717             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
9718         else
9719             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
9720     }
9721 }
9722
9723 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
9724 {
9725     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9726
9727     if ( !calcOnly )
9728         BeginBatch();
9729
9730     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
9731     {
9732         if ( !calcOnly )
9733         {
9734             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
9735         }
9736
9737         width += GetColWidth(col);
9738     }
9739
9740     if ( !calcOnly )
9741         EndBatch();
9742
9743     return width;
9744 }
9745
9746 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
9747 {
9748     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
9749
9750     if ( !calcOnly )
9751         BeginBatch();
9752
9753     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
9754     {
9755         if ( !calcOnly )
9756         {
9757             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
9758         }
9759
9760         height += GetRowHeight(row);
9761     }
9762
9763     if ( !calcOnly )
9764         EndBatch();
9765
9766     return height;
9767 }
9768
9769 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
9770 {
9771     BeginBatch();
9772
9773     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false));
9774
9775     // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we
9776     // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width
9777     // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary
9778     // scrollbar steps
9779     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X,
9780                    GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y);
9781
9782     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
9783     // extra white space
9784
9785     // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above
9786     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1);
9787     if ( diff && m_numCols )
9788     {
9789         // try to resize the columns uniformly
9790         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
9791         if ( diffPerCol )
9792         {
9793             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
9794             {
9795                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
9796             }
9797         }
9798
9799         // add remaining amount to the last columns
9800         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
9801         if ( diff )
9802         {
9803             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
9804             {
9805                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
9806             }
9807         }
9808     }
9809
9810     // same for rows
9811     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1);
9812     if ( diff && m_numRows )
9813     {
9814         // try to resize the columns uniformly
9815         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
9816         if ( diffPerRow )
9817         {
9818             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
9819             {
9820                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
9821             }
9822         }
9823
9824         // add remaining amount to the last rows
9825         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
9826         if ( diff )
9827         {
9828             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
9829             {
9830                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
9831             }
9832         }
9833     }
9834
9835     EndBatch();
9836
9837     SetClientSize(sizeFit);
9838 }
9839
9840 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
9841 {
9842     wxArrayString lines;
9843     long w, h;
9844
9845     // Hide the edit control, so it
9846     // won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
9847     if( IsCellEditControlShown() )
9848     {
9849         HideCellEditControl();
9850         SaveEditControlValue();
9851     }
9852
9853     // autosize row height depending on label text
9854     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
9855     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
9856     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h);
9857     if( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
9858         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
9859     SetRowSize(row, h);
9860     ForceRefresh();
9861 }
9862
9863 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
9864 {
9865     wxArrayString lines;
9866     long w, h;
9867
9868     // Hide the edit control, so it
9869     // won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
9870     if( IsCellEditControlShown() )
9871     {
9872         HideCellEditControl();
9873         SaveEditControlValue();
9874     }
9875
9876     // autosize column width depending on label text
9877     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
9878     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
9879     if( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
9880         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h);
9881     else
9882         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w);
9883     if( w < m_defaultColWidth )
9884         w = m_defaultColWidth;
9885     SetColSize(col, w);
9886     ForceRefresh();
9887 }
9888
9889 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
9890 {
9891     // don't set sizes, only calculate them
9892     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9893
9894     int width, height;
9895     width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true);
9896     height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true);
9897
9898     if (!width) width=100;
9899     if (!height) height=80;
9900
9901     // Round up to a multiple the scroll rate NOTE: this still doesn't get rid
9902     // of the scrollbars, is there any magic incantaion for that?
9903     int xpu, ypu;
9904     GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xpu, &ypu);
9905     if (xpu)
9906         width  += 1 + xpu - (width  % xpu);
9907     if (ypu)
9908         height += 1 + ypu - (height % ypu);
9909
9910     // limit to 1/4 of the screen size
9911     int maxwidth, maxheight;
9912     wxDisplaySize( & maxwidth, & maxheight );
9913     maxwidth /= 2;
9914     maxheight /= 2;
9915     if ( width > maxwidth ) width = maxwidth;
9916     if ( height > maxheight ) height = maxheight;
9917
9918
9919     wxSize best(width, height);
9920     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
9921     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
9922     // calculation.
9923     // CacheBestSize(size);
9924     return best;
9925 }
9926
9927 void wxGrid::Fit()
9928 {
9929     AutoSize();
9930 }
9931
9932
9933 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
9934 {
9935     return wxNullPen;
9936 }
9937
9938 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9939 // cell value accessor functions
9940 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9941
9942 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
9943 {
9944     if ( m_table )
9945     {
9946         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
9947         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9948         {
9949             int dummy;
9950             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
9951             rect.x = 0;
9952             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
9953             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
9954             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
9955         }
9956
9957         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
9958              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
9959              IsCellEditControlShown())
9960              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
9961              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
9962              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
9963         {
9964             HideCellEditControl();
9965             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
9966         }
9967     }
9968 }
9969
9970
9971 //
9972 // ------ Block, row and col selection
9973 //
9974
9975 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
9976 {
9977     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
9978         ClearSelection();
9979
9980     if ( m_selection )
9981         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
9982 }
9983
9984
9985 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
9986 {
9987     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
9988         ClearSelection();
9989
9990     if ( m_selection )
9991         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
9992 }
9993
9994
9995 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
9996                           bool addToSelected )
9997 {
9998     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
9999         ClearSelection();
10000
10001     if ( m_selection )
10002         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10003                                   false, addToSelected );
10004 }
10005
10006
10007 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10008 {
10009     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10010     {
10011         if ( m_selection )
10012             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 );
10013     }
10014 }
10015
10016 //
10017 // ------ Cell, row and col deselection
10018 //
10019
10020 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10021 {
10022     if ( !m_selection )
10023         return;
10024
10025     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10026     {
10027         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10028             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, 0);
10029     }
10030     else
10031     {
10032         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10033         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols ; i++ )
10034         {
10035             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10036                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, i);
10037         }
10038     }
10039 }
10040
10041 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10042 {
10043     if ( !m_selection )
10044         return;
10045
10046     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10047     {
10048         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10049             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( 0, col);
10050     }
10051     else
10052     {
10053         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10054         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows ; i++ )
10055         {
10056             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10057                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10058         }
10059     }
10060 }
10061
10062 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10063 {
10064     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10065         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10066 }
10067
10068 bool wxGrid::IsSelection()
10069 {
10070     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10071              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10072                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10073 }
10074
10075 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10076 {
10077     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10078              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10079                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10080                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10081                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10082 }
10083
10084 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10085 {
10086     if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; }
10087     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10088 }
10089 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10090 {
10091     if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; }
10092     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10093 }
10094 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10095 {
10096     if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; }
10097     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10098 }
10099 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10100 {
10101     if (!m_selection) { wxArrayInt a; return a; }
10102     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10103 }
10104 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10105 {
10106     if (!m_selection) { wxArrayInt a; return a; }
10107     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10108 }
10109
10110
10111 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
10112 {
10113     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10114     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10115     if ( m_selection )
10116         m_selection->ClearSelection();
10117 }
10118
10119
10120 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
10121 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
10122 //
10123 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
10124                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight )
10125 {
10126     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
10127     wxRect cellRect;
10128
10129     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
10130     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10131     {
10132         rect = cellRect;
10133     }
10134     else
10135     {
10136         rect = wxRect( 0, 0, 0, 0 );
10137     }
10138
10139     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
10140     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10141     {
10142         rect += cellRect;
10143     }
10144     else
10145     {
10146         return wxGridNoCellRect;
10147     }
10148
10149     int i, j;
10150     int left = rect.GetLeft();
10151     int top = rect.GetTop();
10152     int right = rect.GetRight();
10153     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
10154
10155     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
10156     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
10157     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
10158     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
10159
10160     if (left > right)
10161     {
10162         i = left;
10163         left = right;
10164         right = i;
10165         i = leftCol;
10166         leftCol=rightCol;
10167         rightCol = i;
10168     }
10169
10170     if (top > bottom)
10171     {
10172         i = top;
10173         top = bottom;
10174         bottom = i;
10175         i = topRow;
10176         topRow = bottomRow;
10177         bottomRow = i;
10178     }
10179
10180
10181     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
10182     {
10183         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
10184         {
10185             if ((j==topRow) || (j==bottomRow) || (i==leftCol) || (i==rightCol))
10186             {
10187                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
10188
10189                 if (cellRect.x < left)
10190                     left = cellRect.x;
10191                 if (cellRect.y < top)
10192                     top = cellRect.y;
10193                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
10194                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
10195                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
10196                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
10197             }
10198             else i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
10199         }
10200     }
10201
10202     // convert to scrolled coords
10203     //
10204     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
10205     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
10206
10207     int cw, ch;
10208     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10209
10210     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
10211         return wxRect( 0, 0, 0, 0);
10212
10213     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
10214     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
10215     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
10216     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
10217
10218     return rect;
10219 }
10220
10221 //
10222 // ------ Grid event classes
10223 //
10224
10225 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10226
10227 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10228                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
10229                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10230         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10231 {
10232     m_row = row;
10233     m_col = col;
10234     m_x = x;
10235     m_y = y;
10236     m_selecting = sel;
10237     m_control = control;
10238     m_shift = shift;
10239     m_alt = alt;
10240     m_meta = meta;
10241
10242     SetEventObject(obj);
10243 }
10244
10245
10246 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10247
10248 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10249                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
10250                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10251         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10252 {
10253     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
10254     m_x = x;
10255     m_y = y;
10256     m_control = control;
10257     m_shift = shift;
10258     m_alt = alt;
10259     m_meta = meta;
10260
10261     SetEventObject(obj);
10262 }
10263
10264
10265 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10266
10267 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10268                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
10269                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
10270                                                bool sel, bool control,
10271                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10272         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10273 {
10274     m_topLeft     = topLeft;
10275     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
10276     m_selecting   = sel;
10277     m_control     = control;
10278     m_shift       = shift;
10279     m_alt         = alt;
10280     m_meta        = meta;
10281
10282     SetEventObject(obj);
10283 }
10284
10285
10286 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
10287
10288 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
10289                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
10290                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
10291     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
10292 {
10293     SetEventObject(obj);
10294     m_row = row;
10295     m_col = col;
10296     m_ctrl = ctrl;
10297 }
10298
10299 #endif // wxUSE_GRID
10300